<?xml version="1.0"?>
<?xml-stylesheet type="text/css" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/skins/common/feed.css?303"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Shymus</id>
		<title>Nexus - User contributions [en]</title>
		<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Shymus"/>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Special:Contributions/Shymus"/>
		<updated>2026-04-03T18:11:23Z</updated>
		<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
		<generator>MediaWiki 1.23.9</generator>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Nexus_Fire_Alarm/Documentation</id>
		<title>Nexus Fire Alarm/Documentation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Nexus_Fire_Alarm/Documentation"/>
				<updated>2024-11-20T01:53:23Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shymus: /* To Setup */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Nexus Fire Alarms|← Nexus Fire Alarm System]]&lt;br /&gt;
{|align=right&lt;br /&gt;
|__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Nexus Fire Alarm Documentation&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This documentation is to better help you with the product to help you efficiently work with the product and make use of all of it's features properly.&lt;br /&gt;
Having trouble using a feature? Consult the documentation below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Need help navigating this manual better? Please use the table of contents to the right of this page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before we get started on using the Fire Alarm System, we would like to thank you on choosing us! If you have any questions please ask in our Second Life Group.&lt;br /&gt;
If your questions are not answered, please file a ticket here on our [http://tickets.nexus-sl.net/ Support Site].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Annunciator&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:The first steps on setting everything up is to have your Annunciator set up. &lt;br /&gt;
:The Annunciator is used to control your network of fire alarms that are configured to it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== To Setup ==&lt;br /&gt;
:Follow these steps to setup your Annunciator.&lt;br /&gt;
# Rez out the &amp;quot;Nexus Fire Alarm - Annunciator&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Right Click and go into the object's contents.&lt;br /&gt;
# Edit the notecard &amp;quot;_config&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter an Alarm ID. (This is used to link alarms together).&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter a group setting. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Once you have configured your Annunciator, do not forget to place it in a spot that is easy to get too.&lt;br /&gt;
: If you can't find it, it will be a bit difficult to disarm an annoying alarm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Buzzer / Siren&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: The Buzzer is used to make lots of noise and make your neighbors upset.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== To Setup ==&lt;br /&gt;
:Follow these steps to setup your Buzzer.&lt;br /&gt;
# Rez out the &amp;quot;Nexus Fire Alarm - Buzzer&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Right Click and go into the object's contents.&lt;br /&gt;
# Edit the notecard &amp;quot;_config&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter an Alarm ID (This is used to link alarms to the Annunciator).&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter the Alarm Sound. This can be yours, or one that we have supplied on the notecard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Operation ==&lt;br /&gt;
: Operation guide for using the Nexus Fire Alarm Annunciator.&lt;br /&gt;
: Please use this documentation for using this object.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== System On / System Off ===&lt;br /&gt;
:This is the most important feature.&lt;br /&gt;
:This will turn off all the items configured on the Annunciator. (Doesn't include lights)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Lights ===&lt;br /&gt;
: Using this button will turn on / off your emergency lights if configured into the Annunciator.&lt;br /&gt;
: This will easily light up your area.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Suppression ===&lt;br /&gt;
:Want to get everyone wet? Make sure suppression is enabled.&lt;br /&gt;
:This will allow sprinklers to activate the next time a fire is detected.&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Are you unsure if suppression is enabled?&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; View the Annunciator panel suppression light; (Green = enabled, Yellow = Disabled).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Silence ===&lt;br /&gt;
: Turning this on will silence the alarms and prevent them from making noise.&lt;br /&gt;
: If this is turned on and the alarm is triggered, then the buzzer will only flash lights and not make noise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:This can be turned on / off without the system having to be armed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reset ===&lt;br /&gt;
:Reseting your Annunciator will turn everything off in the system and rearm it.&lt;br /&gt;
:When you're done with the alarms and don't need them on anymore, this is what you should press to reset them back to operational mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Drill ===&lt;br /&gt;
:Don't you just hate in school when the fire alarms randomly come on?&lt;br /&gt;
:This is how you do a drill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:When you do a drill on the Annunciator, it will not send a tone out on the Pagers or Radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Pull Station&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: The pull station is used to set off the alarms in case of an emergency.&lt;br /&gt;
: Make sure this is out in the opening or people might burn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== To Setup ==&lt;br /&gt;
:Follow these steps to setup your Buzzer.&lt;br /&gt;
# Rez out the &amp;quot;Nexus Fire Alarm - Pull Station&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Right Click and go into the object's contents.&lt;br /&gt;
# Edit the notecard &amp;quot;_config&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter an Alarm ID (This is used to link alarms to the Annunciator).&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter the Group Setting. (It is advised that you leave this on group. That will prevent anyone from randomly pulling the alarm and running).&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter Show Last Pull. (This will show the person's name who pulled the handle above the handle).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Don't forget to position this where someone can see it!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Buzzer / Alarm&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: The Buzzer is used to make your neighbors upset...&lt;br /&gt;
: Of course, you can use it to inform people they need to get out of the oven.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== To Setup ==&lt;br /&gt;
:Follow these steps to setup your Buzzer.&lt;br /&gt;
# Rez out the &amp;quot;Nexus Fire Alarm - Buzzer&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Right Click and go into the object's contents.&lt;br /&gt;
# Edit the notecard &amp;quot;_config&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter an Alarm ID (This is used to link alarms to the Annunciator).&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter an Alarm Sound. You can either enter the UUID, or drag a sound into the object's inventory and put the sound name on the notecard. (You can either use your own, or one of ours.) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Emergency Lights&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: One of the brightest things we can give you to light up the area.&lt;br /&gt;
: When ever you press &amp;quot;Lights&amp;quot; on the Annunciator, this will get turned on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== To Setup ==&lt;br /&gt;
: Follow these steps to setup your Emergency Lights.&lt;br /&gt;
# Rez out the &amp;quot;Nexus Fire Alarm - Emergency Lights&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Right Click and go into the object's contents.&lt;br /&gt;
# Edit the notecard &amp;quot;_config&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter an Alarm ID (This is used to link alarms to the Annunciator).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Easy as that, you now have a bright fix when you need to see without having to drag a power line and spot lights into the building.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Smoke Detector&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: Want to place a bunch of annoying discs that will probably go off a lot because of some random item in the house?&lt;br /&gt;
: Then these are perfect for you!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: If you have problems with random items getting detected, there is a white-list black-list feature.&lt;br /&gt;
: To simply black-list an object, grab a word from it's name. Make sure that word is not on the white-list or you will end up with problems.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Please remember that this will require a Annunciator to work. That will allow it to be turned On and Off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== To Setup ==&lt;br /&gt;
: Follow these steps to setup your Smoke Detector.&lt;br /&gt;
# Rez out the &amp;quot;Nexus Fire Alarm - Smoke Detector&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Right Click and go into the object's contents.&lt;br /&gt;
# Edit the notecard &amp;quot;_config&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter an Alarm ID (This is used to link alarms to the Annunciator).&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter an Alarm Sound. (Normally pasting a UUID works.)&lt;br /&gt;
# If needed, Add words to the White-list.&lt;br /&gt;
# If needed, Add words to the Black-list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Fire Sprinklers&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: One of the most annoying things that this could use.&lt;br /&gt;
: These sprinklers are designed to put out fire that is underneath it. It will target anything within a 6m Radius below the sprinkler.&lt;br /&gt;
: '''IT IS NOT RECOMMENDED TO REZ AN EXTREME AMOUNT OF THESE. IF YOU DO, YOU WILL END UP WITH OVER 300 PRIMS REZZING FROM THE WATER BULLETS.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How does it work? ==&lt;br /&gt;
: When the sprinklers are activated, every 10 seconds a ring of 8 water bullets will appear and shoot downward.&lt;br /&gt;
: Once they touch something, they disappear. &lt;br /&gt;
: It is not recommended to place a lot of these in one room. You will end up with a large amount of these water bullets getting rezzed and having your region's rezzing temporarily locked.&lt;br /&gt;
: &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Remember!&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; Suppression on the Annunciator panel must be enabled in order for sprinklers to activate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== To Setup ==&lt;br /&gt;
: Follow these steps to setup your Smoke Detector.&lt;br /&gt;
# Rez out the &amp;quot;Nexus Fire Alarm - Sprinkler&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Right Click and go into the object's contents.&lt;br /&gt;
# Edit the notecard &amp;quot;_config&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter an Alarm ID (This is used to link alarms to the Annunciator).&lt;br /&gt;
: Once those steps have been, position your sprinklers and give it a test. &lt;br /&gt;
: When you attempt to have a fire drill, the sprinklers will not fire off. You will have to make sure they are armed and the alarm has been fired off normally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;API Controller&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: The API Controller has multiple uses. &lt;br /&gt;
: You can use it to hear messages from the Fire Network, or you can use it to transmit on the Nexus Pager System.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: In order to hear the commands from the system on your API controller, you will need to configure the Controller and click the controller to find the channel that all the messages are transmitted on.&lt;br /&gt;
: Please remember that this channel will change every time the Controller is configured.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Configuring The Pagers ==&lt;br /&gt;
: When you configure, you must have the pager system you are using handy or in front of you.&lt;br /&gt;
: Once completed, you will need to get your Pager's Network Key.&lt;br /&gt;
: This can be obtained from any pager device's object description.&lt;br /&gt;
: Make sure that you remove the '#' mark when entering in your Network Key.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Once you have everything ready, you can now continue with the steps below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== To Setup ==&lt;br /&gt;
: Follow these steps to setup your Nexus Gridwide Pagers.&lt;br /&gt;
# Rez out the &amp;quot;Nexus Fire Alarm - API Controller&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Right Click and go into the object's contents.&lt;br /&gt;
# Edit the notecard &amp;quot;_config&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter an Alarm ID (This is used to link alarms to the Annunciator).&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter a Pager Network Key. (If left empty, it will be assumed you don't plan on using this feature. '''Don't forget to remove the #''')&lt;br /&gt;
# If using the Pagers, you will need to enter the channel that you want to trasmit the messages on. '''CASE SENSITIVE'''&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter the location of the API Controller.&lt;br /&gt;
# Verbose Commands will send all the commands that the fire alarms use on a random channel if this is set to &amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot;. (To listen to these commands, touch the box after configured. Then listen to the channel supplied)&lt;br /&gt;
# To verify working touch the one of the pull stations. (Do not use drill on the annunciator.)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shymus</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Nexus_Fire_Alarm/Documentation</id>
		<title>Nexus Fire Alarm/Documentation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Nexus_Fire_Alarm/Documentation"/>
				<updated>2024-11-20T01:52:38Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shymus: /* To Setup */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Nexus Fire Alarms|← Nexus Fire Alarm System]]&lt;br /&gt;
{|align=right&lt;br /&gt;
|__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Nexus Fire Alarm Documentation&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This documentation is to better help you with the product to help you efficiently work with the product and make use of all of it's features properly.&lt;br /&gt;
Having trouble using a feature? Consult the documentation below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Need help navigating this manual better? Please use the table of contents to the right of this page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before we get started on using the Fire Alarm System, we would like to thank you on choosing us! If you have any questions please ask in our Second Life Group.&lt;br /&gt;
If your questions are not answered, please file a ticket here on our [http://tickets.nexus-sl.net/ Support Site].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Annunciator&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:The first steps on setting everything up is to have your Annunciator set up. &lt;br /&gt;
:The Annunciator is used to control your network of fire alarms that are configured to it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== To Setup ==&lt;br /&gt;
:Follow these steps to setup your Annunciator.&lt;br /&gt;
# Rez out the &amp;quot;Nexus Fire Alarm - Annunciator&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Right Click and go into the object's contents.&lt;br /&gt;
# Edit the notecard &amp;quot;_config&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter an Alarm ID. (This is used to link alarms together).&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter a group setting. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Once you have configured your Annunciator, do not forget to place it in a spot that is easy to get too.&lt;br /&gt;
: If you can't find it, it will be a bit difficult to disarm an annoying alarm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Buzzer / Siren&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: The Buzzer is used to make lots of noise and make your neighbors upset.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== To Setup ==&lt;br /&gt;
:Follow these steps to setup your Buzzer.&lt;br /&gt;
# Rez out the &amp;quot;Nexus Fire Alarm - Buzzer&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Right Click and go into the object's contents.&lt;br /&gt;
# Edit the notecard &amp;quot;_config&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter an Alarm ID (This is used to link alarms to the Annunciator).&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter the Alarm Sound. This can be yours, or one that we have supplied on the notecard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Operation ==&lt;br /&gt;
: Operation guide for using the Nexus Fire Alarm Annunciator.&lt;br /&gt;
: Please use this documentation for using this object.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== System On / System Off ===&lt;br /&gt;
:This is the most important feature.&lt;br /&gt;
:This will turn off all the items configured on the Annunciator. (Doesn't include lights)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Lights ===&lt;br /&gt;
: Using this button will turn on / off your emergency lights if configured into the Annunciator.&lt;br /&gt;
: This will easily light up your area.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Suppression ===&lt;br /&gt;
:Want to get everyone wet? Make sure suppression is enabled.&lt;br /&gt;
:This will allow sprinklers to activate the next time a fire is detected.&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Are you unsure if suppression is enabled?&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; View the Annunciator panel suppression light; (Green = enabled, Yellow = Disabled).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Silence ===&lt;br /&gt;
: Turning this on will silence the alarms and prevent them from making noise.&lt;br /&gt;
: If this is turned on and the alarm is triggered, then the buzzer will only flash lights and not make noise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:This can be turned on / off without the system having to be armed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reset ===&lt;br /&gt;
:Reseting your Annunciator will turn everything off in the system and rearm it.&lt;br /&gt;
:When you're done with the alarms and don't need them on anymore, this is what you should press to reset them back to operational mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Drill ===&lt;br /&gt;
:Don't you just hate in school when the fire alarms randomly come on?&lt;br /&gt;
:This is how you do a drill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:When you do a drill on the Annunciator, it will not send a tone out on the Pagers or Radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Pull Station&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: The pull station is used to set off the alarms in case of an emergency.&lt;br /&gt;
: Make sure this is out in the opening or people might burn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== To Setup ==&lt;br /&gt;
:Follow these steps to setup your Buzzer.&lt;br /&gt;
# Rez out the &amp;quot;Nexus Fire Alarm - Pull Station&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Right Click and go into the object's contents.&lt;br /&gt;
# Edit the notecard &amp;quot;_config&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter an Alarm ID (This is used to link alarms to the Annunciator).&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter the Group Setting. (It is advised that you leave this on group. That will prevent anyone from randomly pulling the alarm and running).&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter Show Last Pull. (This will show the person's name who pulled the handle above the handle).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Don't forget to position this where someone can see it!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Buzzer / Alarm&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: The Buzzer is used to make your neighbors upset...&lt;br /&gt;
: Of course, you can use it to inform people they need to get out of the oven.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== To Setup ==&lt;br /&gt;
:Follow these steps to setup your Buzzer.&lt;br /&gt;
# Rez out the &amp;quot;Nexus Fire Alarm - Buzzer&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Right Click and go into the object's contents.&lt;br /&gt;
# Edit the notecard &amp;quot;_config&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter an Alarm ID (This is used to link alarms to the Annunciator).&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter an Alarm Sound. You can either enter the UUID, or drag a sound into the object's inventory and put the sound name on the notecard. (You can either use your own, or one of ours.) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Emergency Lights&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: One of the brightest things we can give you to light up the area.&lt;br /&gt;
: When ever you press &amp;quot;Lights&amp;quot; on the Annunciator, this will get turned on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== To Setup ==&lt;br /&gt;
: Follow these steps to setup your Emergency Lights.&lt;br /&gt;
# Rez out the &amp;quot;Nexus Fire Alarm - Emergency Lights&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Right Click and go into the object's contents.&lt;br /&gt;
# Edit the notecard &amp;quot;_config&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter an Alarm ID (This is used to link alarms to the Annunciator).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Easy as that, you now have a bright fix when you need to see without having to drag a power line and spot lights into the building.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Smoke Detector&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: Want to place a bunch of annoying discs that will probably go off a lot because of some random item in the house?&lt;br /&gt;
: Then these are perfect for you!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: If you have problems with random items getting detected, there is a white-list black-list feature.&lt;br /&gt;
: To simply black-list an object, grab a word from it's name. Make sure that word is not on the white-list or you will end up with problems.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Please remember that this will require a Annunciator to work. That will allow it to be turned On and Off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== To Setup ==&lt;br /&gt;
: Follow these steps to setup your Smoke Detector.&lt;br /&gt;
# Rez out the &amp;quot;Nexus Fire Alarm - Smoke Detector&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Right Click and go into the object's contents.&lt;br /&gt;
# Edit the notecard &amp;quot;_config&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter an Alarm ID (This is used to link alarms to the Annunciator).&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter an Alarm Sound. (Normally pasting a UUID works.)&lt;br /&gt;
# If needed, Add words to the White-list.&lt;br /&gt;
# If needed, Add words to the Black-list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Fire Sprinklers&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: One of the most annoying things that this could use.&lt;br /&gt;
: These sprinklers are designed to put out fire that is underneath it. It will target anything within a 6m Radius below the sprinkler.&lt;br /&gt;
: '''IT IS NOT RECOMMENDED TO REZ AN EXTREME AMOUNT OF THESE. IF YOU DO, YOU WILL END UP WITH OVER 300 PRIMS REZZING FROM THE WATER BULLETS.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How does it work? ==&lt;br /&gt;
: When the sprinklers are activated, every 10 seconds a ring of 8 water bullets will appear and shoot downward.&lt;br /&gt;
: Once they touch something, they disappear. &lt;br /&gt;
: It is not recommended to place a lot of these in one room. You will end up with a large amount of these water bullets getting rezzed and having your region's rezzing temporarily locked.&lt;br /&gt;
: &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Remember!&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; Suppression on the Annunciator panel must be enabled in order for sprinklers to activate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== To Setup ==&lt;br /&gt;
: Follow these steps to setup your Smoke Detector.&lt;br /&gt;
# Rez out the &amp;quot;Nexus Fire Alarm - Sprinkler&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Right Click and go into the object's contents.&lt;br /&gt;
# Edit the notecard &amp;quot;_config&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter an Alarm ID (This is used to link alarms to the Annunciator).&lt;br /&gt;
: Once those steps have been, position your sprinklers and give it a test. &lt;br /&gt;
: When you attempt to have a fire drill, the sprinklers will not fire off. You will have to make sure they are armed and the alarm has been fired off normally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;API Controller&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: The API Controller has multiple uses. &lt;br /&gt;
: You can use it to hear messages from the Fire Network, or you can use it to transmit on the Nexus Pager System.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: In order to hear the commands from the system on your API controller, you will need to configure the Controller and click the controller to find the channel that all the messages are transmitted on.&lt;br /&gt;
: Please remember that this channel will change every time the Controller is configured.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Configuring The Pagers ==&lt;br /&gt;
: When you configure, you must have the pager system you are using handy or in front of you.&lt;br /&gt;
: Once completed, you will need to get your Pager's Network Key.&lt;br /&gt;
: This can be obtained from any pager device's object description.&lt;br /&gt;
: Make sure that you remove the '#' mark when entering in your Network Key.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Once you have everything ready, you can now continue with the steps below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== To Setup ==&lt;br /&gt;
: Follow these steps to setup your Emergency Lights.&lt;br /&gt;
# Rez out the &amp;quot;Nexus Fire Alarm - API Controller&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Right Click and go into the object's contents.&lt;br /&gt;
# Edit the notecard &amp;quot;_config&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter an Alarm ID (This is used to link alarms to the Annunciator).&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter a Pager Network Key. (If left empty, it will be assumed you don't plan on using this feature. '''Don't forget to remove the #''')&lt;br /&gt;
# If using the Pagers, you will need to enter the channel that you want to trasmit the messages on. '''CASE SENSITIVE'''&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter the location of the API Controller.&lt;br /&gt;
# Verbose Commands will send all the commands that the fire alarms use on a random channel if this is set to &amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot;. (To listen to these commands, touch the box after configured. Then listen to the channel supplied)&lt;br /&gt;
# To verify working touch the pull lever. (Do not use drill on the annunciator.)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shymus</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Nexus_Fire_Alarm/Documentation</id>
		<title>Nexus Fire Alarm/Documentation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Nexus_Fire_Alarm/Documentation"/>
				<updated>2024-11-20T01:52:05Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shymus: /* To Setup */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Nexus Fire Alarms|← Nexus Fire Alarm System]]&lt;br /&gt;
{|align=right&lt;br /&gt;
|__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Nexus Fire Alarm Documentation&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This documentation is to better help you with the product to help you efficiently work with the product and make use of all of it's features properly.&lt;br /&gt;
Having trouble using a feature? Consult the documentation below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Need help navigating this manual better? Please use the table of contents to the right of this page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before we get started on using the Fire Alarm System, we would like to thank you on choosing us! If you have any questions please ask in our Second Life Group.&lt;br /&gt;
If your questions are not answered, please file a ticket here on our [http://tickets.nexus-sl.net/ Support Site].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Annunciator&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:The first steps on setting everything up is to have your Annunciator set up. &lt;br /&gt;
:The Annunciator is used to control your network of fire alarms that are configured to it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== To Setup ==&lt;br /&gt;
:Follow these steps to setup your Annunciator.&lt;br /&gt;
# Rez out the &amp;quot;Nexus Fire Alarm - Annunciator&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Right Click and go into the object's contents.&lt;br /&gt;
# Edit the notecard &amp;quot;_config&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter an Alarm ID. (This is used to link alarms together).&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter a group setting. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Once you have configured your Annunciator, do not forget to place it in a spot that is easy to get too.&lt;br /&gt;
: If you can't find it, it will be a bit difficult to disarm an annoying alarm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Buzzer / Siren&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: The Buzzer is used to make lots of noise and make your neighbors upset.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== To Setup ==&lt;br /&gt;
:Follow these steps to setup your Buzzer.&lt;br /&gt;
# Rez out the &amp;quot;Nexus Fire Alarm - Buzzer&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Right Click and go into the object's contents.&lt;br /&gt;
# Edit the notecard &amp;quot;_config&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter an Alarm ID (This is used to link alarms to the Annunciator).&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter the Alarm Sound. This can be yours, or one that we have supplied on the notecard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Operation ==&lt;br /&gt;
: Operation guide for using the Nexus Fire Alarm Annunciator.&lt;br /&gt;
: Please use this documentation for using this object.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== System On / System Off ===&lt;br /&gt;
:This is the most important feature.&lt;br /&gt;
:This will turn off all the items configured on the Annunciator. (Doesn't include lights)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Lights ===&lt;br /&gt;
: Using this button will turn on / off your emergency lights if configured into the Annunciator.&lt;br /&gt;
: This will easily light up your area.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Suppression ===&lt;br /&gt;
:Want to get everyone wet? Make sure suppression is enabled.&lt;br /&gt;
:This will allow sprinklers to activate the next time a fire is detected.&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Are you unsure if suppression is enabled?&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; View the Annunciator panel suppression light; (Green = enabled, Yellow = Disabled).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Silence ===&lt;br /&gt;
: Turning this on will silence the alarms and prevent them from making noise.&lt;br /&gt;
: If this is turned on and the alarm is triggered, then the buzzer will only flash lights and not make noise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:This can be turned on / off without the system having to be armed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reset ===&lt;br /&gt;
:Reseting your Annunciator will turn everything off in the system and rearm it.&lt;br /&gt;
:When you're done with the alarms and don't need them on anymore, this is what you should press to reset them back to operational mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Drill ===&lt;br /&gt;
:Don't you just hate in school when the fire alarms randomly come on?&lt;br /&gt;
:This is how you do a drill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:When you do a drill on the Annunciator, it will not send a tone out on the Pagers or Radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Pull Station&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: The pull station is used to set off the alarms in case of an emergency.&lt;br /&gt;
: Make sure this is out in the opening or people might burn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== To Setup ==&lt;br /&gt;
:Follow these steps to setup your Buzzer.&lt;br /&gt;
# Rez out the &amp;quot;Nexus Fire Alarm - Pull Station&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Right Click and go into the object's contents.&lt;br /&gt;
# Edit the notecard &amp;quot;_config&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter an Alarm ID (This is used to link alarms to the Annunciator).&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter the Group Setting. (It is advised that you leave this on group. That will prevent anyone from randomly pulling the alarm and running).&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter Show Last Pull. (This will show the person's name who pulled the handle above the handle).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Don't forget to position this where someone can see it!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Buzzer / Alarm&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: The Buzzer is used to make your neighbors upset...&lt;br /&gt;
: Of course, you can use it to inform people they need to get out of the oven.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== To Setup ==&lt;br /&gt;
:Follow these steps to setup your Buzzer.&lt;br /&gt;
# Rez out the &amp;quot;Nexus Fire Alarm - Buzzer&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Right Click and go into the object's contents.&lt;br /&gt;
# Edit the notecard &amp;quot;_config&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter an Alarm ID (This is used to link alarms to the Annunciator).&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter an Alarm Sound. You can either enter the UUID, or drag a sound into the object's inventory and put the sound name on the notecard. (You can either use your own, or one of ours.) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Emergency Lights&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: One of the brightest things we can give you to light up the area.&lt;br /&gt;
: When ever you press &amp;quot;Lights&amp;quot; on the Annunciator, this will get turned on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== To Setup ==&lt;br /&gt;
: Follow these steps to setup your Emergency Lights.&lt;br /&gt;
# Rez out the &amp;quot;Nexus Fire Alarm - Emergency Lights&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Right Click and go into the object's contents.&lt;br /&gt;
# Edit the notecard &amp;quot;_config&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter an Alarm ID (This is used to link alarms to the Annunciator).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Easy as that, you now have a bright fix when you need to see without having to drag a power line and spot lights into the building.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Smoke Detector&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: Want to place a bunch of annoying discs that will probably go off a lot because of some random item in the house?&lt;br /&gt;
: Then these are perfect for you!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: If you have problems with random items getting detected, there is a white-list black-list feature.&lt;br /&gt;
: To simply black-list an object, grab a word from it's name. Make sure that word is not on the white-list or you will end up with problems.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Please remember that this will require a Annunciator to work. That will allow it to be turned On and Off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== To Setup ==&lt;br /&gt;
: Follow these steps to setup your Smoke Detector.&lt;br /&gt;
# Rez out the &amp;quot;Nexus Fire Alarm - Smoke Detector&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Right Click and go into the object's contents.&lt;br /&gt;
# Edit the notecard &amp;quot;_config&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter an Alarm ID (This is used to link alarms to the Annunciator).&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter an Alarm Sound. (Normally pasting a UUID works.)&lt;br /&gt;
# If needed, Add words to the White-list.&lt;br /&gt;
# If needed, Add words to the Black-list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Fire Sprinklers&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: One of the most annoying things that this could use.&lt;br /&gt;
: These sprinklers are designed to put out fire that is underneath it. It will target anything within a 6m Radius below the sprinkler.&lt;br /&gt;
: '''IT IS NOT RECOMMENDED TO REZ AN EXTREME AMOUNT OF THESE. IF YOU DO, YOU WILL END UP WITH OVER 300 PRIMS REZZING FROM THE WATER BULLETS.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How does it work? ==&lt;br /&gt;
: When the sprinklers are activated, every 10 seconds a ring of 8 water bullets will appear and shoot downward.&lt;br /&gt;
: Once they touch something, they disappear. &lt;br /&gt;
: It is not recommended to place a lot of these in one room. You will end up with a large amount of these water bullets getting rezzed and having your region's rezzing temporarily locked.&lt;br /&gt;
: &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Remember!&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; Suppression on the Annunciator panel must be enabled in order for sprinklers to activate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== To Setup ==&lt;br /&gt;
: Follow these steps to setup your Smoke Detector.&lt;br /&gt;
# Rez out the &amp;quot;Nexus Fire Alarm - Sprinkler&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Right Click and go into the object's contents.&lt;br /&gt;
# Edit the notecard &amp;quot;_config&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter an Alarm ID (This is used to link alarms to the Annunciator).&lt;br /&gt;
: Once those steps have been, position your sprinklers and give it a test. &lt;br /&gt;
: When you attempt to have a fire drill, the sprinklers will not fire off. You will have to make sure they are armed and the alarm has been fired off normally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;API Controller&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: The API Controller has multiple uses. &lt;br /&gt;
: You can use it to hear messages from the Fire Network, or you can use it to transmit on the Nexus Pager System.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: In order to hear the commands from the system on your API controller, you will need to configure the Controller and click the controller to find the channel that all the messages are transmitted on.&lt;br /&gt;
: Please remember that this channel will change every time the Controller is configured.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Configuring The Pagers ==&lt;br /&gt;
: When you configure, you must have the pager system you are using handy or in front of you.&lt;br /&gt;
: Once completed, you will need to get your Pager's Network Key.&lt;br /&gt;
: This can be obtained from any pager device's object description.&lt;br /&gt;
: Make sure that you remove the '#' mark when entering in your Network Key.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Once you have everything ready, you can now continue with the steps below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== To Setup ==&lt;br /&gt;
: Follow these steps to setup your Emergency Lights.&lt;br /&gt;
# Rez out the &amp;quot;Nexus Fire Alarm - API Controller&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Right Click and go into the object's contents.&lt;br /&gt;
# Edit the notecard &amp;quot;_config&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter an Alarm ID (This is used to link alarms to the Annunciator).&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter a Pager Network Key. (If left empty, it will be assumed you don't plan on using this feature. '''Don't forget to remove the #''')&lt;br /&gt;
# If using the Pagers, you will need to enter the channel that you want to trasmit the messages on. '''CASE SENSITIVE'''&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter the location of the API Controller.&lt;br /&gt;
# Verbose Commands will send all the commands that the fire alarms use on a random channel if this is set to &amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot;. (To listen to these commands, touch the box after configured. Then listen to the channel supplied)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shymus</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Nexus_Phone_Entry/Version_History</id>
		<title>Nexus Phone Entry/Version History</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Nexus_Phone_Entry/Version_History"/>
				<updated>2023-10-19T19:52:28Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shymus: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Nexus Phone Entry|← Nexus Phone Entry System]]&lt;br /&gt;
{|align=right&lt;br /&gt;
|__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;How to get updates&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: When a newer version comes out, our servers will automatically send it to you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Don't receive your update? Simply visit our in-world store and select a redelivery from the terminals in any of the stores.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Looking for your version number of your package? &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;You can find the version number on the box sent by the vendors. If you purchased off the marketplace, the version is displayed in the help notecard supplied.&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 10/19/2023&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed issue with 'Nexus Gate Access Phone' clearing the access list on the phone after calls were received.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed issue with all gates, physics were set to convex hull when they were supposed to be prim.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 9/1/2023 &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed issue with 'Nexus Telephone Entry Keypad' not correctly interpreting the sensor's messages.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed issue with all sliding gates. Fixed so they don't slide one direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 7/20/2023 &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed issue with 'Nexus Telephone Entry Keypad' not correctly interpreting messages&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed issue with 'Nexus Gate Access Phone' not allowing for the GateID to be set&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 4/18/2022 &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed sensor issues not communicating correctly with certain characters in the configuration notecard.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added sliding variants.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added MoreThanPixels double steel gate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 3/14/2022 &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed issue with the gate sensor closing the gates when the emergency lock is open.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.0.2&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* Added llName2Key as a fallback for current Name2Key service.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.0.1&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* Added GateID to Sensors&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.0.0&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* Initial Release&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shymus</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Nexus_Phone_Entry/Version_History</id>
		<title>Nexus Phone Entry/Version History</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Nexus_Phone_Entry/Version_History"/>
				<updated>2023-09-02T00:47:22Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shymus: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Nexus Phone Entry|← Nexus Phone Entry System]]&lt;br /&gt;
{|align=right&lt;br /&gt;
|__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;How to get updates&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: When a newer version comes out, our servers will automatically send it to you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Don't receive your update? Simply visit our in-world store and select a redelivery from the terminals in any of the stores.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Looking for your version number of your package? &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;You can find the version number on the box sent by the vendors. If you purchased off the marketplace, the version is displayed in the help notecard supplied.&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 9/1/2023 &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed issue with 'Nexus Telephone Entry Keypad' not correctly interpreting the sensor's messages.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed issue with all sliding gates. Fixed so they don't slide one direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 7/20/2023 &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed issue with 'Nexus Telephone Entry Keypad' not correctly interpreting messages&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed issue with 'Nexus Gate Access Phone' not allowing for the GateID to be set&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 4/18/2022 &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed sensor issues not communicating correctly with certain characters in the configuration notecard.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added sliding variants.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added MoreThanPixels double steel gate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 3/14/2022 &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed issue with the gate sensor closing the gates when the emergency lock is open.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.0.2&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* Added llName2Key as a fallback for current Name2Key service.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.0.1&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* Added GateID to Sensors&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.0.0&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* Initial Release&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shymus</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Nexus_Phone_Entry/Version_History</id>
		<title>Nexus Phone Entry/Version History</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Nexus_Phone_Entry/Version_History"/>
				<updated>2023-07-20T23:20:21Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shymus: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Nexus Phone Entry|← Nexus Phone Entry System]]&lt;br /&gt;
{|align=right&lt;br /&gt;
|__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;How to get updates&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: When a newer version comes out, our servers will automatically send it to you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Don't receive your update? Simply visit our in-world store and select a redelivery from the terminals in any of the stores.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Looking for your version number of your package? &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;You can find the version number on the box sent by the vendors. If you purchased off the marketplace, the version is displayed in the help notecard supplied.&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 7/20/2023 &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed issue with 'Nexus Telephone Entry Keypad' not correctly interpreting messages&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed issue with 'Nexus Gate Access Phone' not allowing for the GateID to be set&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 4/18/2022 &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed sensor issues not communicating correctly with certain characters in the configuration notecard.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added sliding variants.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added MoreThanPixels double steel gate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 3/14/2022 &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed issue with the gate sensor closing the gates when the emergency lock is open.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.0.2&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* Added llName2Key as a fallback for current Name2Key service.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.0.1&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* Added GateID to Sensors&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.0.0&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* Initial Release&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shymus</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Nexus_Phone_Entry/Documentation</id>
		<title>Nexus Phone Entry/Documentation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Nexus_Phone_Entry/Documentation"/>
				<updated>2022-04-19T00:07:10Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shymus: /* Setting Up Gate */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Nexus Phone Entry|← Nexus Phone Entry System]]&lt;br /&gt;
{|align=right&lt;br /&gt;
|__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Nexus Phone Entry System Documentation&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This documentation is to better help you with the product to help you efficiently work with the product and make use of all of its features properly.&lt;br /&gt;
Having trouble using a feature? Consult the documentation below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Need help navigating this manual better? Please use the table of contents to the right of this page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before we get started on using the Phone Entry System, we would like to thank you for choosing us! If you have any questions please ask in our Second Life Group.&lt;br /&gt;
If your questions are not answered, please file a ticket here on our [http://tickets.nexus-sl.net/ Support Site].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Who Is The System For?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: This system is made for gated houses or gated communities. &lt;br /&gt;
: Houses and Communities that use this system are able to regulate and create access to their homeowners easily by configuring the directories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Getting Started&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: This guide will help you get the basic set up ready for your community gates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== To Setup ==&lt;br /&gt;
# First Rez out 'Nexus Entry Gate' and 'Nexus Telephone Entry Keypad'&lt;br /&gt;
# Right Click -&amp;gt; Edit 'Nexus Telephone Entry Keypad', Go to Contents and 'CONFIGURATION' notecard.&lt;br /&gt;
# Under '[SETTINGS]', you will need to change the 'CommunityName' to whatever you want to name your community. (Does not change functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
# Under '[SETTINGS]', you need to set a 'GateID', this GateID will need to be used for the Gate to be opened. (Take note of what you use).&lt;br /&gt;
: We will change the directory later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Setting Up Gate ==&lt;br /&gt;
# Right Click -&amp;gt; Edit 'Nexus Entry Gate', go to Contents and 'CONFIGURATION' notecard.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set 'GateID' to match the GateID of your 'Nexus Telephone Entry Keypad' GateID.&lt;br /&gt;
# If you want to reverse the direction of rotation, Set 'Reverse=TRUE'&lt;br /&gt;
: If you are looking to set up double gates, simply rez two gates next to each other and reverse one. Match their GateIDs and you will be golden.&lt;br /&gt;
: If using the sliding gate variant, you will need to set a speed in the gate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Setting Up Your Keypad Directory ==&lt;br /&gt;
: When using the system, you have the option to add key codes without adding a name to the directory, if a name is added to the directory, then they will be able to be called from this keypad to the assigned phone.&lt;br /&gt;
# Right Click -&amp;gt; Edit 'Nexus Telephone Entry Keypad', Go to Contents and 'CONFIGURATION' notecard.&lt;br /&gt;
# Under '[DIRECTORY]' Enter the label of the person who you would like to add into the directory.&lt;br /&gt;
# Example, &amp;quot;S. Roffo&amp;quot;, then assign them a key code.&lt;br /&gt;
# To add their keycode, follow their name with the code separated by an = sign. &lt;br /&gt;
# Example, &amp;quot;S. Roffo=1234&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
: This will add &amp;quot;S. Roffo&amp;quot; into the directory and anyone can use his pin of &amp;quot;1234&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Setting Up Phones ==&lt;br /&gt;
: The phones are used to open the gate and receive phone calls from the keypad.&lt;br /&gt;
# Rez out 'Nexus Gate Access Phone'.&lt;br /&gt;
# Right Click -&amp;gt; Edit, go to the description.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter &amp;quot;S. Roffo&amp;quot;. This will allow someone to be able to select &amp;quot;S. Roffo&amp;quot; off your keypad and dial the phone. &lt;br /&gt;
# Touch the phone and add the person who will own the phone, Enter their Username not Display Name.&lt;br /&gt;
: Once a user is added to the phone, they are now able to access the phone and open the gate. &lt;br /&gt;
: To open the gate, simply touch the phone and select &amp;quot;Open Gate&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Setting Up Sensors ==&lt;br /&gt;
: The sensors are optional add-ons for the gate that will allow the gate to open or close based on the position of the vehicle.&lt;br /&gt;
=== When are these useful? ===&lt;br /&gt;
# For an exit Gate. (Open Mode)&lt;br /&gt;
# Close the gate once a vehicle enters the gate (Close Mode)&lt;br /&gt;
# House Entry &amp;amp; Exit (BOTH Mode)&lt;br /&gt;
=== Configuring ===&lt;br /&gt;
# Rez out 'Nexus Gate Sensor'.&lt;br /&gt;
# Right Click -&amp;gt; Edit Linked Parts.&lt;br /&gt;
# Position both sensors at the side of each road where you want them to sense cars.&lt;br /&gt;
# Right Click -&amp;gt; Edit -&amp;gt; Contents -&amp;gt; &amp;quot;CONFIGURATION&amp;quot; notecard.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the Mode you would like the sensor work in. &amp;quot;OPEN&amp;quot; will open the gate when a car is sensed, and so on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Emergency Access&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: If you have a 100% gated community and no one is able to get access except for the people who live there and their houses catch on fire, it will be very difficult for Emergency Services to get access.&lt;br /&gt;
: You will need to set up a Key Box for use with the keypad. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Setting Up Key Storage Box ==&lt;br /&gt;
# Rez Out 'Nexus Access Key Storage' &lt;br /&gt;
# Touch it and give it a name.&lt;br /&gt;
# Take a copy to your inventory, then position it in your Police, Fire or EMS station.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set to the proper emergency service group.&lt;br /&gt;
# Have your members touch and take keys.&lt;br /&gt;
: When using this, once it is configured you are able to place unlimited copies of it.&lt;br /&gt;
: People who have the same group as the key are able to take keys.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
: If you feel that someone has should no longer be on the key list, you can reset the box and remove everyone from the box. Then they will need to touch and take keys again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Setting Up Emergency Access Box ==&lt;br /&gt;
: This will be the device that the fire department uses to access the gate.&lt;br /&gt;
# Rez Out 'Nexus Emergency Access Box' next to the &amp;quot;Access Key Storage&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Touch it to configure.&lt;br /&gt;
# Take it to your inventory and then rez out copies next to your keypads.&lt;br /&gt;
: The group that it is set too will not matter, as long as they have access to an &amp;quot;Access Key Storage&amp;quot; box, they will be able to get keys for this device.&lt;br /&gt;
: When a person uses this device to open the gate, the gate will open and remain locked open until used again.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shymus</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Nexus_Phone_Entry/Version_History</id>
		<title>Nexus Phone Entry/Version History</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Nexus_Phone_Entry/Version_History"/>
				<updated>2022-04-19T00:04:03Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shymus: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Nexus Phone Entry|← Nexus Phone Entry System]]&lt;br /&gt;
{|align=right&lt;br /&gt;
|__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;How to get updates&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: When a newer version comes out, our servers will automatically send it to you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Don't receive your update? Simply visit our in-world store and select a redelivery from the terminals in any of the stores.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Looking for your version number of your package? &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;You can find the version number on the box sent by the vendors. If you purchased off the marketplace, the version is displayed in the help notecard supplied.&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 4/18/2022 &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed sensor issues not communicating correctly with certain characters in the configuration notecard.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added sliding variants.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added MoreThanPixels double steel gate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 3/14/2022 &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed issue with the gate sensor closing the gates when the emergency lock is open.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.0.2&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* Added llName2Key as a fallback for current Name2Key service.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.0.1&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* Added GateID to Sensors&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.0.0&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* Initial Release&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shymus</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Nexus_Moonshine/Documentation</id>
		<title>Nexus Moonshine/Documentation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Nexus_Moonshine/Documentation"/>
				<updated>2022-04-04T00:05:16Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shymus: /* Setting Up The Copper Still */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Nexus Moonshine|← Nexus Moonshine]]&lt;br /&gt;
{|align=right&lt;br /&gt;
|__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Nexus Moonshine Documentation&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This documentation is to better help you with the product to help you efficiently work with the product and make use of all of it's features properly.&lt;br /&gt;
Having trouble using a feature? Consult the documentation below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Need help navigating this manual better? Please use the table of contents to the right of this page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before we get started on using the Moonshine, we would like to thank you on choosing us! If you have any questions please ask in our Second Life Group.&lt;br /&gt;
If your questions are not answered, please file a ticket here on our [http://tickets.nexus-sl.net/ Support Site].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Getting Started&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
Before starting to brew the Moonshine, you will need to take a few steps to set up your still.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is a very complex system that will take time, it has some challenge to the system and does not have a high return without effort.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== '''What's Inside?''' ===&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have got everything unpacked, you will notice a lot of tools inside and other items.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
These are the tools and what they are used for.&lt;br /&gt;
* Nexus Moonshine - Water Spout&lt;br /&gt;
* Nexus Moonshine - Cornmeal Pallet&lt;br /&gt;
* Nexus Moonshine - Equipment Crate&lt;br /&gt;
* Nexus Moonshine HUD v1.0.0&lt;br /&gt;
* Nexus Moonshine Hand Attachments&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Setting Up Your Cooking Area&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
Decide where you're going to be cooking your moonshine at? Well, it's time to get that grill set up.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How To Get An Area Set up ==&lt;br /&gt;
# Attach The &amp;quot;Nexus Moonshine HUD v1.0.0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Attach the &amp;quot;Nexus Moonshine Hand Attachments&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Rez out the &amp;quot;Nexus Moonshine - Water Spout&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Rez out the &amp;quot;Nexus Moonshine - Cornmeal Pallet&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Rez out the &amp;quot;Nexus Moonshine - Equipment Crate&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How To Set Up The Propane Burner ==&lt;br /&gt;
Before picking up items from the HUD, please remember that you will need to be standing near Equipment crate.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click Stove Items -&amp;gt; Propane Burner on the HUD.&lt;br /&gt;
#Go into Mouselook and click where you would like to place the propane burner.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click Stove Items -&amp;gt; Propane Tank and touch the burner.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click Stove Items -&amp;gt; Metal Pot then touch the burner.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click Stove Items -&amp;gt; Thermometer then touch the burner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#2f6d2e&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Congratulations, you've got your area all set up! Now time to get cooking.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Preparing The Corn Mash&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
This step is very safe, but can't be a waste of time if not done correctly. Follow instructions carefully to avoid burning the mash and having to redo this process over again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Important Notable Items ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Black smoke means the mash is over the temp range (Burning.)&lt;br /&gt;
* White smoke means the mash is in the ideal range range.&lt;br /&gt;
* Boiling water means the mash is ready for the next ingredients.&lt;br /&gt;
* The mash will cook/burn faster while the pot lid is on.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ingredients cannot be added while pot lid is on.&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are having trouble keeping the temperature under control, add the regulator to the burner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Cooking The Mash Pt.1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
# Add Cornmeal to the Pot. (Ingredients -&amp;gt; Corn Meal on HUD)&lt;br /&gt;
# Add Barley to the Pot. (Ingredients -&amp;gt; Barley on HUD)&lt;br /&gt;
# Select Water Pitcher on HUD. (Tools -&amp;gt; Water Pitcher)&lt;br /&gt;
# Walk over to the Water Spout and fill the pot.&lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat last 2 steps.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn the gas on and light the stove with the lighter. (Touch near propane handle and turn. Tools -&amp;gt; Lighter on HUD)&lt;br /&gt;
# Maintain the temperature by turning the handle up or down. &lt;br /&gt;
# Keep the temperature between 175-185.&lt;br /&gt;
# Cook until the water begins boiling.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Cooking The Mash Pt.2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
# Add 3 Packets of Alpha Amalyze.&lt;br /&gt;
# Keep the temperature between 140-150.&lt;br /&gt;
# Cooking until water begins boiling.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Cooking The Mash Pt.3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
# Add 3 Spoonfuls of Beta Amalyze.&lt;br /&gt;
# Keep the temperature between 125-135.&lt;br /&gt;
# Cooking until water begins boiling.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Cooking The Mash Pt.4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
# Add 1 Spoonful of Yeast Nutrient.&lt;br /&gt;
# Add 2 Spoonful of Dry Yeast.&lt;br /&gt;
# Keep the temperature between 100-110.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#2f6d2e&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Congratulations, You've completed cooking the Corn Mash. Don't forget to turn off your burner.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Distilling The Corn Mash&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#9b091f&amp;quot;&amp;gt;STOP &amp;amp;amp; READ&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt; This step can be very dangerous. If you do not keep track of the temperature and burn the mash. Your still will explode. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Important Notable Items ==&lt;br /&gt;
* If you go over temperature and burn the moonshine, the still will explode.&lt;br /&gt;
* Removing the Copper head will lower the pressure in the pot and will decrease the percentage of the shine cooked.&lt;br /&gt;
* You will know you're at the perfect cooking temperature when the corn mash is boiling.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Setting Up The Copper Still ==&lt;br /&gt;
# Set up a brand new propane burner and tank next to your current one.&lt;br /&gt;
# Place a Wooden Stool onto the burner.&lt;br /&gt;
# Place a Copper Coil onto the Wooden Stool.&lt;br /&gt;
# Place a Copper Pot onto the Propane Burner.&lt;br /&gt;
# Place a Paper Filter onto the Copper Pot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Filling The Copper Pot ==&lt;br /&gt;
# Pickup the Metal pot from the propane burner that you just cooked from.&lt;br /&gt;
# Pour the metal pot into the copper pot.&lt;br /&gt;
# Get rid of the metal pot.&lt;br /&gt;
# Remove the paper filter from the copper pot.&lt;br /&gt;
# Place a Copper Head onto the Copper Pot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Filling The Copper Pot ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#9b091f&amp;quot;&amp;gt;STOP &amp;amp;amp; READ&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt; This part can cause the pot to explode. Make sure to read the Important Notable Items above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Light the burner, and maintain 120-130.&lt;br /&gt;
# When the copper pot is giving water boiling sounds, then you are at the current temperature.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once the copper pot begins dripping, select the Glass Jar from your HUD and click the Copper Coil.&lt;br /&gt;
# When the glass jar is full, click it to have the final product delivered. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will get a total of 4 jars. 1 Methanol (This can be throw like a molotov cocktail.) and 3 Drinkable Moonshine Jars. (Attach to drink.)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shymus</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Nexus_Phone_Entry/Version_History</id>
		<title>Nexus Phone Entry/Version History</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Nexus_Phone_Entry/Version_History"/>
				<updated>2022-03-15T03:05:50Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shymus: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Nexus Phone Entry|← Nexus Phone Entry System]]&lt;br /&gt;
{|align=right&lt;br /&gt;
|__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;How to get updates&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: When a newer version comes out, our servers will automatically send it to you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Don't receive your update? Simply visit our in-world store and select a redelivery from the terminals in any of the stores.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Looking for your version number of your package? &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;You can find the version number on the box sent by the vendors. If you purchased off the marketplace, the version is displayed in the help notecard supplied.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 3/14/2020 &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed issue with the gate sensor closing the gates when the emergency lock is open.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.0.2&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* Added llName2Key as a fallback for current Name2Key service.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.0.1&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* Added GateID to Sensors&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.0.0&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* Initial Release&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shymus</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/File:MARSSystem.png</id>
		<title>File:MARSSystem.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/File:MARSSystem.png"/>
				<updated>2022-01-11T02:54:34Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shymus: Shymus uploaded a new version of &amp;amp;quot;File:MARSSystem.png&amp;amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shymus</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/File:MARSSystem.png</id>
		<title>File:MARSSystem.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/File:MARSSystem.png"/>
				<updated>2022-01-11T02:54:09Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shymus: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shymus</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Main_Page</id>
		<title>Main Page</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Main_Page"/>
				<updated>2022-01-11T02:53:56Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shymus: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:Nexus.png|center|350px]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:auto; margin:1em auto 1em auto;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;font-size:2.5em;margin-bottom:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Welcome to the Nexus Wiki&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.5em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Please select a product below for the documentation.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 1em auto 1em auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Rolepay.png|link=Rolepay Money System|175px|thumb|left|RolePay Money System]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Aileron.png|link=Aileron Dispatch System|175px|thumb|left|Aileron Dispatch System]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:GridnetRadioSystem.png|link=Gridnet Radio System|175px|thumb|left|Gridnet Radio System]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:LightSystem.png|link=Nexus Light System|175px|thumb|left|Nexus Light System]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Taser2.jpg|link=Nexus EX27 Taser|175px|thumb|left|Nexus EX27 Taser]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Pager.jpg|link=Nexus Pager System|175px|thumb|left|Nexus Pager System]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:FireAlarm.jpg|link=Nexus Fire Alarms|175px|thumb|left|Nexus Fire Alarm System]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:BoomBox.jpg|link=Nexus Boom Box|175px|thumb|left|Nexus Boom Box]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:SoundSystem.png|link=Nexus Sound System|175px|thumb|left|Nexus Sound System]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:IntercomSystem.png|link=Nexus Intercom System|175px|thumb|left|Nexus Intercom System]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:WeedGrowing.png|link=Nexus Weed Growing|175px|thumb|left|Nexus Weed Growing]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Elevator.jpg|link=Nexus Freight Elevator|175px|thumb|left|Nexus Freight / Vehicle Elevator]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:BurglarAlarm.png|link=Nexus Burglar Alarms|175px|thumb|left|Nexus Burglar Alarms]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:PhoneEntry.png|link=Nexus Phone Entry|175px|thumb|left|Nexus Phone Entry]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:MethProducing.png|link=Nexus Meth Manufacturing|175px|thumb|left|Nexus Meth Production]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:ShroomGrowing.png|link=Nexus Shroom Growing|175px|thumb|left|Nexus Shroom Growing]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Moonshine.png|link=Nexus Moonshine|175px|thumb|left|Nexus Moonshine]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:MARSSystem.png|link=Nexus MARS System|175px|thumb|left|Nexus Paladin MARS System]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shymus</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Nexus_MARS_System/Documentation</id>
		<title>Nexus MARS System/Documentation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Nexus_MARS_System/Documentation"/>
				<updated>2022-01-11T00:28:29Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shymus: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Nexus MARS System|← Nexus MARS System]]&lt;br /&gt;
{|align=right&lt;br /&gt;
|__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Nexus MARS System Documentation&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This documentation is to better help you with the product to help you efficiently work with the product and make use of all of its features properly.&lt;br /&gt;
Having trouble using a feature? Consult the documentation below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Need help navigating this manual better? Please use the table of contents to the right of this page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before we get started on using the Burglar Alarm System, we would like to thank you for choosing us! If you have any questions please ask in our Second Life Group.&lt;br /&gt;
If your questions are not answered, please file a ticket here on our [http://tickets.nexus-sl.net/ Support Site].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Installing The Ramp&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: This MARS System was built for the 4 Door Medium Paladin. While it can be removed and attempted to be put onto other vehicles, it was made for that model specifically. No promises it will work for other models or vehicles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Instructions to link to Paladin ==&lt;br /&gt;
# Ensure that the vehicle is turned off, including any lighting or other components that may change any attributes while installing the modification.&lt;br /&gt;
# Take a copy of your vehicle as-is. Modifications may cause damage or unlink prims accidentally. Save a copy now in case this happens!&lt;br /&gt;
# Rez the modification near your vehicle.&lt;br /&gt;
# Right click the modification and select &amp;quot;Edit&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# With the Edit window open, hold your SHIFT key and left click the vehicle. This should select both objects at once. Make sure you select the vehicle last.&lt;br /&gt;
# Press your CTRL + L keys, or click the &amp;quot;Link&amp;quot; button in the Edit window.&lt;br /&gt;
# If prompted, confirm that you want to link the two objects together.&lt;br /&gt;
# When linked, the modification should automatically position itself to the recommended position and resize if necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
# If prompted, grant link permissions. This may unlink some prims. Make sure to delete them after.&lt;br /&gt;
# If desired, you may usually move the equipment once linked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Adding A Rappel Bar ==&lt;br /&gt;
: This repel bar allows for deployment of the rappel rope to get over large fences/walls. This is perfect for rapid deployment.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ensure that the vehicle is turned off, including any lighting or other components that may change any attributes while installing the modification.&lt;br /&gt;
# Take a copy of your vehicle as-is. Modifications may cause damage or unlink prims accidentally. Save a copy now in case this happens!&lt;br /&gt;
# Rez the Rappel Bars near your vehicle.&lt;br /&gt;
# Right click the modification and select &amp;quot;Edit&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# With the Edit window open, hold your SHIFT key and left click the vehicle. This should select both objects at once. Make sure you select the vehicle last.&lt;br /&gt;
# Press your CTRL + L keys, or click the &amp;quot;Link&amp;quot; button in the Edit window.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once the item is linked, the Rappel bar will automatically position itself once the scripts have updated. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Operating The Ramp&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: Operating of the ramp is very straight forward. This can be done through the transferable HUD supplied in the box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Syncing the HUD ==&lt;br /&gt;
: To sync the HUD, simply sit in the vehicle passenger or driver seat, then press the sync button on the HUD.&lt;br /&gt;
: The vehicle will then listen for commands from the HUD. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: '''When the HUD is synced, there can be two operators. A Passenger and a Driver can both operate the MARS System at the same time.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Moving The Ramps ==&lt;br /&gt;
: The ramps are moved with the arrows. Simply select the side you would like to operate and use the buttons to move the ramps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Using The Rappel Bar&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: The Rappel Bar is a special add-on used for getting over large walls. &lt;br /&gt;
: The Rappel Bar can be activated by simply getting close to the rappel bar and clicking it to deploy it.&lt;br /&gt;
: Once the rappel bar is deploy, you can touch the carabiner to deploy the rope and fast rope down. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: To fold the bar, simply touch the support structure of the Rappel Bar to fold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: '''If the Rappel Bar does not deploy when touched, stand closer and try again.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Using The Side Steps&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: The Side steps allow for SWAT members to hold onto the side of the vehicle for bigger groups to use it for breaching.&lt;br /&gt;
: Before the steps can be used, they will need to be deployed. Simply touch the side step and the step will deploy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: '''If the step does not deploy when touched, stand closer and make sure you're on the vehicle's access list.'''&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shymus</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Nexus_MARS_System/Documentation</id>
		<title>Nexus MARS System/Documentation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Nexus_MARS_System/Documentation"/>
				<updated>2022-01-11T00:10:02Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shymus: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Nexus MARS System|← Nexus MARS System]]&lt;br /&gt;
{|align=right&lt;br /&gt;
|__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Nexus MARS System Documentation&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This documentation is to better help you with the product to help you efficiently work with the product and make use of all of its features properly.&lt;br /&gt;
Having trouble using a feature? Consult the documentation below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Need help navigating this manual better? Please use the table of contents to the right of this page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before we get started on using the Burglar Alarm System, we would like to thank you for choosing us! If you have any questions please ask in our Second Life Group.&lt;br /&gt;
If your questions are not answered, please file a ticket here on our [http://tickets.nexus-sl.net/ Support Site].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Installing The Ramp&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: This MARS System was built for the 4 Door Medium Paladin. While it can be removed and attempted to be put onto other vehicles, it was made for that model specifically. No promises it will work for other models or vehicles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Instructions to link to Paladin ==&lt;br /&gt;
# Ensure that the vehicle is turned off, including any lighting or other components that may change any attributes while installing the modification.&lt;br /&gt;
# Take a copy of your vehicle as-is. Modifications may cause damage or unlink prims accidentally. Save a copy now in case this happens!&lt;br /&gt;
# Rez the modification near your vehicle.&lt;br /&gt;
# Right click the modification and select &amp;quot;Edit&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# With the Edit window open, hold your SHIFT key and left click the vehicle. This should select both objects at once. Make sure you select the vehicle last.&lt;br /&gt;
# Press your CTRL + L keys, or click the &amp;quot;Link&amp;quot; button in the Edit window.&lt;br /&gt;
# If prompted, confirm that you want to link the two objects together.&lt;br /&gt;
# When linked, the modification should automatically position itself to the recommended position and resize if necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
# If prompted, grant link permissions. This may unlink some prims. Make sure to delete them after.&lt;br /&gt;
# If desired, you may usually move the equipment once linked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Adding A Rappel Bar ==&lt;br /&gt;
: This repel bar allows for deployment of the rappel rope to get over large fences/walls. This is perfect for rapid deployment.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ensure that the vehicle is turned off, including any lighting or other components that may change any attributes while installing the modification.&lt;br /&gt;
# Take a copy of your vehicle as-is. Modifications may cause damage or unlink prims accidentally. Save a copy now in case this happens!&lt;br /&gt;
# Rez the Rappel Bars near your vehicle.&lt;br /&gt;
# Right click the modification and select &amp;quot;Edit&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# With the Edit window open, hold your SHIFT key and left click the vehicle. This should select both objects at once. Make sure you select the vehicle last.&lt;br /&gt;
# Press your CTRL + L keys, or click the &amp;quot;Link&amp;quot; button in the Edit window.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once the item is linked, the Rappel bar will automatically position itself once the scripts have updated. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Frequently Asked Questions&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
== Why doesn't my Home Panel do anything when I click it? ==&lt;br /&gt;
: When using the Home Panel, you will need to make sure that you have turned on your Control Panel. This will activate the entire system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Why doesn't a person's name work on the Whitelist? ==&lt;br /&gt;
: If you are putting people's names on the white list; if they do not have the last name in their Username, then you will need to supply the last name as &amp;quot;Resident&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
: Example, If my name is &amp;quot;Johnsmith123&amp;quot;, my name will need to be formatted &amp;quot;Johnsmith123 Resident&amp;quot; on the whitelist.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shymus</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Nexus_Burglar_Alarm/Documentation</id>
		<title>Nexus Burglar Alarm/Documentation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Nexus_Burglar_Alarm/Documentation"/>
				<updated>2022-01-11T00:09:28Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shymus: Undo revision 635 by Shymus (talk)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Nexus Burglar Alarms|← Nexus Burglar Alarm System]]&lt;br /&gt;
{|align=right&lt;br /&gt;
|__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Nexus Burglar Alarm Documentation&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This documentation is to better help you with the product to help you efficiently work with the product and make use of all of its features properly.&lt;br /&gt;
Having trouble using a feature? Consult the documentation below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Need help navigating this manual better? Please use the table of contents to the right of this page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before we get started on using the Burglar Alarm System, we would like to thank you for choosing us! If you have any questions please ask in our Second Life Group.&lt;br /&gt;
If your questions are not answered, please file a ticket here on our [http://tickets.nexus-sl.net/ Support Site].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Control Panel&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: Your control panel is used for controlling your Alarms, Lights, and Sensors.&lt;br /&gt;
: Setting it up is extremely easy. All you need to do is follow the steps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== To Setup ==&lt;br /&gt;
: Follow these steps to setup your Control Panel.&lt;br /&gt;
# Rez out the control panel.&lt;br /&gt;
# Right Click and go into the object's contents.&lt;br /&gt;
# Edit the notecard &amp;quot;_config&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter an Alarm ID. (This is used to link alarms together).&lt;br /&gt;
# Choose who you want to access it. (Access)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: If you don't want to use the pagers, then your control panel is all set up.&lt;br /&gt;
: Since the pager API is pre-built into the control panel, you can set all the variables in &amp;quot;_config&amp;quot; notecard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Setting Up Pagers ==&lt;br /&gt;
# Get Pager Network ID from Pager Computer Terminal.&lt;br /&gt;
# Put Pager Network Key in &amp;quot;PagerKey&amp;quot; in the _config notecard.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter the channel you would like burglar alarm messages to be sent on. &lt;br /&gt;
# Set how you want the message to be sent. Setting &amp;quot;ToneOut&amp;quot; to &amp;quot;Pager&amp;quot; will send it to only pagers.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the location of your control panel.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;PagerDebug&amp;quot; will send you pager's API error messages, if you're getting no messages on the pagers, this will help you and tell you why.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Home Panel&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: The home panel allows for you to arm/disarm the burglary alarm. &lt;br /&gt;
: It is also used to set the access list.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
: If a user is set on the access list, they will not set off the alarm when it is armed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== To Setup ==&lt;br /&gt;
: Follow these steps to setup your Home Panel&lt;br /&gt;
# Rez out the home panel.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set your &amp;quot;AlarmID&amp;quot;, make sure it matches the control panel.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set your &amp;quot;Access&amp;quot;. This will decide who can access the home panel. If it is set to group, anyone in the group matching the panel can access it.&lt;br /&gt;
# Add names to the &amp;quot;WhiteList&amp;quot;. Any names on this list will be ignored by the sensor and can access the home panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Straight / Angled Sensor&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: The sensor will detect people. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== To Setup ==&lt;br /&gt;
: Follow these steps to setup your Sensor.&lt;br /&gt;
# Rez out your Sensor, then position facing the area you want to detect.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the &amp;quot;AlarmID&amp;quot; to match your control panel.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the range of the sensor. This is how far the cone in front of the sensor will reach.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Alarm&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: The alarm is used to make sound for the alarm. &lt;br /&gt;
: You can set your own sound, or use one provided for you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== To Setup ==&lt;br /&gt;
: Follow these steps to setup your Alarm.&lt;br /&gt;
# Rez out the Alarm&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the &amp;quot;AlarmID&amp;quot; to match your control panel.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the sound you would like to use. If you have your own sound, you will need to paste the sound UUID in the notecard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Emergency Light&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: The Emergency Light can either be turned on with the Control Panel, or when an alarm is triggered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== To Setup ==&lt;br /&gt;
: Follow these steps to setup your Emergency Light&lt;br /&gt;
# Rez out your Emergency Light.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the &amp;quot;AlarmID&amp;quot; to match your control panel.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set whether you would like to have the lights turn on when the alarms are triggered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Frequently Asked Questions&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
== Why doesn't my Home Panel do anything when I click it? ==&lt;br /&gt;
: When using the Home Panel, you will need to make sure that you have turned on your Control Panel. This will activate the entire system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Why doesn't a person's name work on the Whitelist? ==&lt;br /&gt;
: If you are putting people's names on the white list; if they do not have the last name in their Username, then you will need to supply the last name as &amp;quot;Resident&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
: Example, If my name is &amp;quot;Johnsmith123&amp;quot;, my name will need to be formatted &amp;quot;Johnsmith123 Resident&amp;quot; on the whitelist.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shymus</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Nexus_MARS_System/Documentation</id>
		<title>Nexus MARS System/Documentation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Nexus_MARS_System/Documentation"/>
				<updated>2022-01-11T00:08:27Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shymus: Created page with &amp;quot;← Nexus Burglar Alarm System {|align=right |__TOC__ |} = '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Nexus Burglar Alarm Documentation&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =  This document...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Nexus Burglar Alarms|← Nexus Burglar Alarm System]]&lt;br /&gt;
{|align=right&lt;br /&gt;
|__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Nexus Burglar Alarm Documentation&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This documentation is to better help you with the product to help you efficiently work with the product and make use of all of its features properly.&lt;br /&gt;
Having trouble using a feature? Consult the documentation below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Need help navigating this manual better? Please use the table of contents to the right of this page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before we get started on using the Burglar Alarm System, we would like to thank you for choosing us! If you have any questions please ask in our Second Life Group.&lt;br /&gt;
If your questions are not answered, please file a ticket here on our [http://tickets.nexus-sl.net/ Support Site].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Installing The Ramp&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: This MARS System was built for the 4 Door Medium Paladin. While it can be removed and attempted to be put onto other vehicles, it was made for that model specifically. No promises it will work for other models or vehicles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Instructions to link to Paladin ==&lt;br /&gt;
# Ensure that the vehicle is turned off, including any lighting or other components that may change any attributes while installing the modification.&lt;br /&gt;
# Take a copy of your vehicle as-is. Modifications may cause damage or unlink prims accidentally. Save a copy now in case this happens!&lt;br /&gt;
# Rez the modification near your vehicle.&lt;br /&gt;
# Right click the modification and select &amp;quot;Edit&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# With the Edit window open, hold your SHIFT key and left click the vehicle. This should select both objects at once. Make sure you select the vehicle last.&lt;br /&gt;
# Press your CTRL + L keys, or click the &amp;quot;Link&amp;quot; button in the Edit window.&lt;br /&gt;
# If prompted, confirm that you want to link the two objects together.&lt;br /&gt;
# When linked, the modification should automatically position itself to the recommended position and resize if necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
# If prompted, grant link permissions. This may unlink some prims. Make sure to delete them after.&lt;br /&gt;
# If desired, you may usually move the equipment once linked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Adding A Rappel Bar ==&lt;br /&gt;
: This repel bar allows for deployment of the rappel rope to get over large fences/walls. This is perfect for rapid deployment.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ensure that the vehicle is turned off, including any lighting or other components that may change any attributes while installing the modification.&lt;br /&gt;
# Take a copy of your vehicle as-is. Modifications may cause damage or unlink prims accidentally. Save a copy now in case this happens!&lt;br /&gt;
# Rez the Rappel Bars near your vehicle.&lt;br /&gt;
# Right click the modification and select &amp;quot;Edit&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# With the Edit window open, hold your SHIFT key and left click the vehicle. This should select both objects at once. Make sure you select the vehicle last.&lt;br /&gt;
# Press your CTRL + L keys, or click the &amp;quot;Link&amp;quot; button in the Edit window.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once the item is linked, the Rappel bar will automatically position itself once the scripts have updated. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Frequently Asked Questions&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
== Why doesn't my Home Panel do anything when I click it? ==&lt;br /&gt;
: When using the Home Panel, you will need to make sure that you have turned on your Control Panel. This will activate the entire system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Why doesn't a person's name work on the Whitelist? ==&lt;br /&gt;
: If you are putting people's names on the white list; if they do not have the last name in their Username, then you will need to supply the last name as &amp;quot;Resident&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
: Example, If my name is &amp;quot;Johnsmith123&amp;quot;, my name will need to be formatted &amp;quot;Johnsmith123 Resident&amp;quot; on the whitelist.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shymus</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Nexus_Burglar_Alarm/Documentation</id>
		<title>Nexus Burglar Alarm/Documentation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Nexus_Burglar_Alarm/Documentation"/>
				<updated>2022-01-11T00:08:06Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shymus: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Nexus Burglar Alarms|← Nexus Burglar Alarm System]]&lt;br /&gt;
{|align=right&lt;br /&gt;
|__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Nexus Burglar Alarm Documentation&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This documentation is to better help you with the product to help you efficiently work with the product and make use of all of its features properly.&lt;br /&gt;
Having trouble using a feature? Consult the documentation below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Need help navigating this manual better? Please use the table of contents to the right of this page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before we get started on using the Burglar Alarm System, we would like to thank you for choosing us! If you have any questions please ask in our Second Life Group.&lt;br /&gt;
If your questions are not answered, please file a ticket here on our [http://tickets.nexus-sl.net/ Support Site].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Installing The Ramp&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: This MARS System was built for the 4 Door Medium Paladin. While it can be removed and attempted to be put onto other vehicles, it was made for that model specifically. No promises it will work for other models or vehicles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Instructions to link to Paladin ==&lt;br /&gt;
# Ensure that the vehicle is turned off, including any lighting or other components that may change any attributes while installing the modification.&lt;br /&gt;
# Take a copy of your vehicle as-is. Modifications may cause damage or unlink prims accidentally. Save a copy now in case this happens!&lt;br /&gt;
# Rez the modification near your vehicle.&lt;br /&gt;
# Right click the modification and select &amp;quot;Edit&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# With the Edit window open, hold your SHIFT key and left click the vehicle. This should select both objects at once. Make sure you select the vehicle last.&lt;br /&gt;
# Press your CTRL + L keys, or click the &amp;quot;Link&amp;quot; button in the Edit window.&lt;br /&gt;
# If prompted, confirm that you want to link the two objects together.&lt;br /&gt;
# When linked, the modification should automatically position itself to the recommended position and resize if necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
# If prompted, grant link permissions. This may unlink some prims. Make sure to delete them after.&lt;br /&gt;
# If desired, you may usually move the equipment once linked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Adding A Rappel Bar ==&lt;br /&gt;
: This repel bar allows for deployment of the rappel rope to get over large fences/walls. This is perfect for rapid deployment.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ensure that the vehicle is turned off, including any lighting or other components that may change any attributes while installing the modification.&lt;br /&gt;
# Take a copy of your vehicle as-is. Modifications may cause damage or unlink prims accidentally. Save a copy now in case this happens!&lt;br /&gt;
# Rez the Rappel Bars near your vehicle.&lt;br /&gt;
# Right click the modification and select &amp;quot;Edit&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# With the Edit window open, hold your SHIFT key and left click the vehicle. This should select both objects at once. Make sure you select the vehicle last.&lt;br /&gt;
# Press your CTRL + L keys, or click the &amp;quot;Link&amp;quot; button in the Edit window.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once the item is linked, the Rappel bar will automatically position itself once the scripts have updated. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Frequently Asked Questions&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
== Why doesn't my Home Panel do anything when I click it? ==&lt;br /&gt;
: When using the Home Panel, you will need to make sure that you have turned on your Control Panel. This will activate the entire system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Why doesn't a person's name work on the Whitelist? ==&lt;br /&gt;
: If you are putting people's names on the white list; if they do not have the last name in their Username, then you will need to supply the last name as &amp;quot;Resident&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
: Example, If my name is &amp;quot;Johnsmith123&amp;quot;, my name will need to be formatted &amp;quot;Johnsmith123 Resident&amp;quot; on the whitelist.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shymus</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Nexus_MARS_System/Version_History</id>
		<title>Nexus MARS System/Version History</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Nexus_MARS_System/Version_History"/>
				<updated>2022-01-10T23:41:28Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shymus: Created page with &amp;quot;← Nexus MARS System {|align=right |__TOC__ |} = '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;How to get updates&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' = : When a newer version comes out, our ser...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Nexus MARS System|← Nexus MARS System]]&lt;br /&gt;
{|align=right&lt;br /&gt;
|__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;How to get updates&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: When a newer version comes out, our servers will automatically send it to you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Don't receive your update? Simply visit our in-world store and select a redelivery from the terminals in any of the stores.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Looking for your version number of your package? &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;You can find the version number on the box sent by the vendors. If you purchased off the marketplace, the version is displayed in the help notecard supplied.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.0.0&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* Initial Release&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shymus</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Nexus_MARS_System</id>
		<title>Nexus MARS System</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Nexus_MARS_System"/>
				<updated>2022-01-10T23:40:32Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shymus: Created page with &amp;quot;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:auto; margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93;font-size:1.5em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The Nexus MARS System is a perfect tool for breachin...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:auto; margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93;font-size:1.5em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The Nexus MARS System is a perfect tool for breaching compounds and high areas quickly. This system is perfect for 2-3 story buildings, airplanes, and high walls.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.3em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Need help with your MARS System? Look at the documentation below!&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;40&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Book.png|link=Nexus_MARS_System/Documentation|32px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Nexus_MARS_System/Documentation|Product&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Documentation]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Calendar.png|link=Nexus_MARS_System/Version History|32px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Nexus_MARS_System/Version History|Version&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;History]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Bug.png|link=Bugs|32px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bugs|Bugs]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shymus</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/File:Moonshine.png</id>
		<title>File:Moonshine.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/File:Moonshine.png"/>
				<updated>2021-11-03T21:41:53Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shymus: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shymus</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Main_Page</id>
		<title>Main Page</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Main_Page"/>
				<updated>2021-11-03T21:39:50Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shymus: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:Nexus.png|center|350px]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:auto; margin:1em auto 1em auto;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;font-size:2.5em;margin-bottom:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Welcome to the Nexus Wiki&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.5em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Please select a product below for the documentation.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 1em auto 1em auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Rolepay.png|link=Rolepay Money System|175px|thumb|left|RolePay Money System]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Aileron.png|link=Aileron Dispatch System|175px|thumb|left|Aileron Dispatch System]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:GridnetRadioSystem.png|link=Gridnet Radio System|175px|thumb|left|Gridnet Radio System]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:LightSystem.png|link=Nexus Light System|175px|thumb|left|Nexus Light System]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Taser2.jpg|link=Nexus EX27 Taser|175px|thumb|left|Nexus EX27 Taser]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Pager.jpg|link=Nexus Pager System|175px|thumb|left|Nexus Pager System]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:FireAlarm.jpg|link=Nexus Fire Alarms|175px|thumb|left|Nexus Fire Alarm System]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:BoomBox.jpg|link=Nexus Boom Box|175px|thumb|left|Nexus Boom Box]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:SoundSystem.png|link=Nexus Sound System|175px|thumb|left|Nexus Sound System]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:IntercomSystem.png|link=Nexus Intercom System|175px|thumb|left|Nexus Intercom System]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:WeedGrowing.png|link=Nexus Weed Growing|175px|thumb|left|Nexus Weed Growing]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Elevator.jpg|link=Nexus Freight Elevator|175px|thumb|left|Nexus Freight / Vehicle Elevator]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:BurglarAlarm.png|link=Nexus Burglar Alarms|175px|thumb|left|Nexus Burglar Alarms]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:PhoneEntry.png|link=Nexus Phone Entry|175px|thumb|left|Nexus Phone Entry]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:MethProducing.png|link=Nexus Meth Manufacturing|175px|thumb|left|Nexus Meth Production]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:ShroomGrowing.png|link=Nexus Shroom Growing|175px|thumb|left|Nexus Shroom Growing]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Moonshine.png|link=Nexus Moonshine|175px|thumb|left|Nexus Moonshine]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shymus</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Nexus_Moonshine/Documentation</id>
		<title>Nexus Moonshine/Documentation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Nexus_Moonshine/Documentation"/>
				<updated>2021-11-03T21:38:24Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shymus: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Nexus Moonshine|← Nexus Moonshine]]&lt;br /&gt;
{|align=right&lt;br /&gt;
|__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Nexus Moonshine Documentation&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This documentation is to better help you with the product to help you efficiently work with the product and make use of all of it's features properly.&lt;br /&gt;
Having trouble using a feature? Consult the documentation below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Need help navigating this manual better? Please use the table of contents to the right of this page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before we get started on using the Moonshine, we would like to thank you on choosing us! If you have any questions please ask in our Second Life Group.&lt;br /&gt;
If your questions are not answered, please file a ticket here on our [http://tickets.nexus-sl.net/ Support Site].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Getting Started&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
Before starting to brew the Moonshine, you will need to take a few steps to set up your still.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is a very complex system that will take time, it has some challenge to the system and does not have a high return without effort.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== '''What's Inside?''' ===&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have got everything unpacked, you will notice a lot of tools inside and other items.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
These are the tools and what they are used for.&lt;br /&gt;
* Nexus Moonshine - Water Spout&lt;br /&gt;
* Nexus Moonshine - Cornmeal Pallet&lt;br /&gt;
* Nexus Moonshine - Equipment Crate&lt;br /&gt;
* Nexus Moonshine HUD v1.0.0&lt;br /&gt;
* Nexus Moonshine Hand Attachments&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Setting Up Your Cooking Area&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
Decide where you're going to be cooking your moonshine at? Well, it's time to get that grill set up.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How To Get An Area Set up ==&lt;br /&gt;
# Attach The &amp;quot;Nexus Moonshine HUD v1.0.0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Attach the &amp;quot;Nexus Moonshine Hand Attachments&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Rez out the &amp;quot;Nexus Moonshine - Water Spout&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Rez out the &amp;quot;Nexus Moonshine - Cornmeal Pallet&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Rez out the &amp;quot;Nexus Moonshine - Equipment Crate&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How To Set Up The Propane Burner ==&lt;br /&gt;
Before picking up items from the HUD, please remember that you will need to be standing near Equipment crate.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click Stove Items -&amp;gt; Propane Burner on the HUD.&lt;br /&gt;
#Go into Mouselook and click where you would like to place the propane burner.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click Stove Items -&amp;gt; Propane Tank and touch the burner.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click Stove Items -&amp;gt; Metal Pot then touch the burner.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click Stove Items -&amp;gt; Thermometer then touch the burner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#2f6d2e&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Congratulations, you've got your area all set up! Now time to get cooking.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Preparing The Corn Mash&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
This step is very safe, but can't be a waste of time if not done correctly. Follow instructions carefully to avoid burning the mash and having to redo this process over again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Important Notable Items ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Black smoke means the mash is over the temp range (Burning.)&lt;br /&gt;
* White smoke means the mash is in the ideal range range.&lt;br /&gt;
* Boiling water means the mash is ready for the next ingredients.&lt;br /&gt;
* The mash will cook/burn faster while the pot lid is on.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ingredients cannot be added while pot lid is on.&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are having trouble keeping the temperature under control, add the regulator to the burner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Cooking The Mash Pt.1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
# Add Cornmeal to the Pot. (Ingredients -&amp;gt; Corn Meal on HUD)&lt;br /&gt;
# Add Barley to the Pot. (Ingredients -&amp;gt; Barley on HUD)&lt;br /&gt;
# Select Water Pitcher on HUD. (Tools -&amp;gt; Water Pitcher)&lt;br /&gt;
# Walk over to the Water Spout and fill the pot.&lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat last 2 steps.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn the gas on and light the stove with the lighter. (Touch near propane handle and turn. Tools -&amp;gt; Lighter on HUD)&lt;br /&gt;
# Maintain the temperature by turning the handle up or down. &lt;br /&gt;
# Keep the temperature between 175-185.&lt;br /&gt;
# Cook until the water begins boiling.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Cooking The Mash Pt.2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
# Add 3 Packets of Alpha Amalyze.&lt;br /&gt;
# Keep the temperature between 140-150.&lt;br /&gt;
# Cooking until water begins boiling.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Cooking The Mash Pt.3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
# Add 3 Spoonfuls of Beta Amalyze.&lt;br /&gt;
# Keep the temperature between 125-135.&lt;br /&gt;
# Cooking until water begins boiling.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Cooking The Mash Pt.4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
# Add 1 Spoonful of Yeast Nutrient.&lt;br /&gt;
# Add 2 Spoonful of Dry Yeast.&lt;br /&gt;
# Keep the temperature between 100-110.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#2f6d2e&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Congratulations, You've completed cooking the Corn Mash. Don't forget to turn off your burner.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Distilling The Corn Mash&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#9b091f&amp;quot;&amp;gt;STOP &amp;amp;amp; READ&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt; This step can be very dangerous. If you do not keep track of the temperature and burn the mash. Your still will explode. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Important Notable Items ==&lt;br /&gt;
* If you go over temperature and burn the moonshine, the still will explode.&lt;br /&gt;
* Removing the Copper head will lower the pressure in the pot and will decrease the percentage of the shine cooked.&lt;br /&gt;
* You will know you're at the perfect cooking temperature when the corn mash is boiling.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Setting Up The Copper Still ==&lt;br /&gt;
# Set up a brand new propane burner next to your current one.&lt;br /&gt;
# Place a Wooden Stool onto the burner.&lt;br /&gt;
# Place a Copper Coil onto the Wooden Stool.&lt;br /&gt;
# Place a Copper Pot onto the Propane Burner.&lt;br /&gt;
# Place a Paper Filter onto the Copper Pot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Filling The Copper Pot ==&lt;br /&gt;
# Pickup the Metal pot from the propane burner that you just cooked from.&lt;br /&gt;
# Pour the metal pot into the copper pot.&lt;br /&gt;
# Get rid of the metal pot.&lt;br /&gt;
# Remove the paper filter from the copper pot.&lt;br /&gt;
# Place a Copper Head onto the Copper Pot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Filling The Copper Pot ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#9b091f&amp;quot;&amp;gt;STOP &amp;amp;amp; READ&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt; This part can cause the pot to explode. Make sure to read the Important Notable Items above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Light the burner, and maintain 120-130.&lt;br /&gt;
# When the copper pot is giving water boiling sounds, then you are at the current temperature.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once the copper pot begins dripping, select the Glass Jar from your HUD and click the Copper Coil.&lt;br /&gt;
# When the glass jar is full, click it to have the final product delivered. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will get a total of 4 jars. 1 Methanol (This can be throw like a molotov cocktail.) and 3 Drinkable Moonshine Jars. (Attach to drink.)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shymus</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Nexus_Moonshine/Documentation</id>
		<title>Nexus Moonshine/Documentation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Nexus_Moonshine/Documentation"/>
				<updated>2021-11-03T21:29:09Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shymus: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Nexus Moonshine|← Nexus Moonshine]]&lt;br /&gt;
{|align=right&lt;br /&gt;
|__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Nexus Moonshine Documentation&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This documentation is to better help you with the product to help you efficiently work with the product and make use of all of it's features properly.&lt;br /&gt;
Having trouble using a feature? Consult the documentation below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Need help navigating this manual better? Please use the table of contents to the right of this page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before we get started on using the Moonshine, we would like to thank you on choosing us! If you have any questions please ask in our Second Life Group.&lt;br /&gt;
If your questions are not answered, please file a ticket here on our [http://tickets.nexus-sl.net/ Support Site].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Getting Started&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
Before starting to brew the Moonshine, you will need to take a few steps to set up your still.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is a very complex system that will take time, it has some challenge to the system and does not have a high return without effort.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== '''What's Inside?''' ===&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have got everything unpacked, you will notice a lot of tools inside and other items.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
These are the tools and what they are used for.&lt;br /&gt;
* Nexus Moonshine - Water Spout&lt;br /&gt;
* Nexus Moonshine - Cornmeal Pallet&lt;br /&gt;
* Nexus Moonshine - Equipment Crate&lt;br /&gt;
* Nexus Moonshine HUD v1.0.0&lt;br /&gt;
* Nexus Moonshine Hand Attachments&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Setting Up Your Cooking Area&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
Decide where you're going to be cooking your moonshine at? Well, it's time to get that grill set up.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How To Get An Area Set up ==&lt;br /&gt;
# Attach The &amp;quot;Nexus Moonshine HUD v1.0.0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Attach the &amp;quot;Nexus Moonshine Hand Attachments&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Rez out the &amp;quot;Nexus Moonshine - Water Spout&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Rez out the &amp;quot;Nexus Moonshine - Cornmeal Pallet&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Rez out the &amp;quot;Nexus Moonshine - Equipment Crate&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How To Set Up The Propane Burner ==&lt;br /&gt;
Before picking up items from the HUD, please remember that you will need to be standing near Equipment crate.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click Stove Items -&amp;gt; Propane Burner on the HUD.&lt;br /&gt;
#Go into Mouselook and click where you would like to place the propane burner.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click Stove Items -&amp;gt; Propane Tank and touch the burner.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click Stove Items -&amp;gt; Metal Pot then touch the burner.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click Stove Items -&amp;gt; Thermometer then touch the burner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#2f6d2e&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Congratulations, you've got your area all set up! Now time to get cooking.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Preparing The Corn Mash&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
This step is very safe, but can't be a waste of time if not done correctly. Follow instructions carefully to avoid burning the mash and having to redo this process over again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Important Notable Items ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Black smoke means the mash is over the temp range (Burning.)&lt;br /&gt;
* White smoke means the mash is in the ideal range range.&lt;br /&gt;
* Boiling water means the mash is ready for the next ingredients.&lt;br /&gt;
* The mash will cook/burn faster while the pot lid is on.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ingredients cannot be added while pot lid is on.&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are having trouble keeping the temperature under control, add the regulator to the burner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Cooking The Mash Pt.1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
# Add Cornmeal to the Pot. (Ingredients -&amp;gt; Corn Meal on HUD)&lt;br /&gt;
# Add Barley to the Pot. (Ingredients -&amp;gt; Barley on HUD)&lt;br /&gt;
# Select Water Pitcher on HUD. (Tools -&amp;gt; Water Pitcher)&lt;br /&gt;
# Walk over to the Water Spout and fill the pot.&lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat last 2 steps.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn the gas on and light the stove with the lighter. (Touch near propane handle and turn. Tools -&amp;gt; Lighter on HUD)&lt;br /&gt;
# Maintain the temperature by turning the handle up or down. &lt;br /&gt;
# Keep the temperature between 175-185.&lt;br /&gt;
# Cook until the water begins boiling.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Cooking The Mash Pt.2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
# Add 3 Packets of Alpha Amalyze.&lt;br /&gt;
# Keep the temperature between 140-150.&lt;br /&gt;
# Cooking until water begins boiling.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Cooking The Mash Pt.3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
# Add 3 Spoonfuls of Beta Amalyze.&lt;br /&gt;
# Keep the temperature between 125-135.&lt;br /&gt;
# Cooking until water begins boiling.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Cooking The Mash Pt.4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
# Add 1 Spoonful of Yeast Nutrient.&lt;br /&gt;
# Add 2 Spoonful of Dry Yeast.&lt;br /&gt;
# Keep the temperature between 100-110.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#2f6d2e&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Congratulations, You've completed cooking the Corn Mash. Don't forget to turn off your burner.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shymus</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Nexus_Moonshine/Documentation</id>
		<title>Nexus Moonshine/Documentation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Nexus_Moonshine/Documentation"/>
				<updated>2021-11-03T21:25:35Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shymus: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Nexus Moonshine|← Nexus Moonshine]]&lt;br /&gt;
{|align=right&lt;br /&gt;
|__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Nexus Moonshine Documentation&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This documentation is to better help you with the product to help you efficiently work with the product and make use of all of it's features properly.&lt;br /&gt;
Having trouble using a feature? Consult the documentation below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Need help navigating this manual better? Please use the table of contents to the right of this page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before we get started on using the Moonshine, we would like to thank you on choosing us! If you have any questions please ask in our Second Life Group.&lt;br /&gt;
If your questions are not answered, please file a ticket here on our [http://tickets.nexus-sl.net/ Support Site].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Getting Started&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
Before starting to brew the Moonshine, you will need to take a few steps to set up your still.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is a very complex system that will take time, it has some challenge to the system and does not have a high return without effort.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== '''What's Inside?''' ===&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have got everything unpacked, you will notice a lot of tools inside and other items.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
These are the tools and what they are used for.&lt;br /&gt;
* Nexus Moonshine - Water Spout&lt;br /&gt;
* Nexus Moonshine - Cornmeal Pallet&lt;br /&gt;
* Nexus Moonshine - Equipment Crate&lt;br /&gt;
* Nexus Moonshine HUD v1.0.0&lt;br /&gt;
* Nexus Moonshine Hand Attachments&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Setting Up Your Cooking Area&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
Decide where you're going to be cooking your moonshine at? Well, it's time to get that grill set up.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How To Get An Area Set up ==&lt;br /&gt;
# Attach The &amp;quot;Nexus Moonshine HUD v1.0.0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Attach the &amp;quot;Nexus Moonshine Hand Attachments&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Rez out the &amp;quot;Nexus Moonshine - Water Spout&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Rez out the &amp;quot;Nexus Moonshine - Cornmeal Pallet&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Rez out the &amp;quot;Nexus Moonshine - Equipment Crate&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How To Set Up The Propane Burner ==&lt;br /&gt;
Before picking up items from the HUD, please remember that you will need to be standing near Equipment crate.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click Stove Items -&amp;gt; Propane Burner on the HUD.&lt;br /&gt;
#Go into Mouselook and click where you would like to place the propane burner.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click Stove Items -&amp;gt; Propane Tank and touch the burner.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click Stove Items -&amp;gt; Metal Pot then touch the burner.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click Stove Items -&amp;gt; Thermometer then touch the burner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#2f6d2e&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Congratulations, you've got your area all set up! Now time to get cooking.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Preparing The Corn Mash&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
This step is very safe, but can't be a waste of time if not done correctly. Follow instructions carefully to avoid burning the mash and having to redo this process over again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Important Notable Items ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Black smoke means the mash is over the temp range (Burning.)&lt;br /&gt;
* White smoke means the mash is in the ideal range range.&lt;br /&gt;
* Boiling water means the mash is ready for the next ingredients.&lt;br /&gt;
* The mash will cook/burn faster while the pot lid is on.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ingredients cannot be added while pot lid is on.&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are having trouble keeping the temperature under control, add the regulator to the burner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Cooking The Mash Pt.1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
# Add Cornmeal to the Pot. (Ingredients -&amp;gt; Corn Meal on HUD)&lt;br /&gt;
# Add Barley to the Pot. (Ingredients -&amp;gt; Barley on HUD)&lt;br /&gt;
# Select Water Pitcher on HUD. (Tools -&amp;gt; Water Pitcher)&lt;br /&gt;
# Walk over to the Water Spout and fill the pot.&lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat last 2 steps.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn the gas on and light the stove with the lighter. (Touch near propane handle and turn. Tools -&amp;gt; Lighter on HUD)&lt;br /&gt;
# Maintain the temperature by turning the handle up or down. &lt;br /&gt;
# Keep the temperature between 175-185.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shymus</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Nexus_Moonshine/Documentation</id>
		<title>Nexus Moonshine/Documentation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Nexus_Moonshine/Documentation"/>
				<updated>2021-11-03T21:19:07Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shymus: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Nexus Moonshine|← Nexus Moonshine]]&lt;br /&gt;
{|align=right&lt;br /&gt;
|__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Nexus Moonshine Documentation&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This documentation is to better help you with the product to help you efficiently work with the product and make use of all of it's features properly.&lt;br /&gt;
Having trouble using a feature? Consult the documentation below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Need help navigating this manual better? Please use the table of contents to the right of this page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before we get started on using the Moonshine, we would like to thank you on choosing us! If you have any questions please ask in our Second Life Group.&lt;br /&gt;
If your questions are not answered, please file a ticket here on our [http://tickets.nexus-sl.net/ Support Site].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Getting Started&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
Before starting to brew the Moonshine, you will need to take a few steps to set up your still.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is a very complex system that will take time, it has some challenge to the system and does not have a high return without effort.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== '''What's Inside?''' ===&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have got everything unpacked, you will notice a lot of tools inside and other items.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
These are the tools and what they are used for.&lt;br /&gt;
* Nexus Moonshine - Water Spout&lt;br /&gt;
* Nexus Moonshine - Cornmeal Pallet&lt;br /&gt;
* Nexus Moonshine - Equipment Crate&lt;br /&gt;
* Nexus Moonshine HUD v1.0.0&lt;br /&gt;
* Nexus Moonshine Hand Attachments&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Setting Up Your Cooking Area&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
Decide where you're going to be cooking your moonshine at? Well, it's time to get that grill set up.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How To Get An Area Set up ==&lt;br /&gt;
#Attach The &amp;quot;Nexus Moonshine HUD v1.0.0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
#Attach the &amp;quot;Nexus Moonshine Hand Attachments&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
#Rez out the &amp;quot;Nexus Moonshine - Water Spout&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
#Rez out the &amp;quot;Nexus Moonshine - Cornmeal Pallet&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
#Rez out the &amp;quot;Nexus Moonshine - Equipment Crate&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How To Set Up The Propane Burner ==&lt;br /&gt;
Before picking up items from the HUD, please remember that you will need to be standing near Equipment crate.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click Stove Items -&amp;gt; Propane Burner on the HUD.&lt;br /&gt;
#Go into Mouselook and click where you would like to place the propane burner.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click Stove Items -&amp;gt; Propane Tank and touch the burner.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click Stove Items -&amp;gt; Metal Pot then touch the burner.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click Stove Items -&amp;gt; Thermometer then touch the burner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#2f6d2e&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Congratulations, you've got your area all set up! Now time to get cooking.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shymus</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Nexus_Moonshine/Documentation</id>
		<title>Nexus Moonshine/Documentation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Nexus_Moonshine/Documentation"/>
				<updated>2021-11-03T21:17:56Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shymus: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Nexus Moonshine|← Nexus Moonshine]]&lt;br /&gt;
{|align=right&lt;br /&gt;
|__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Nexus Moonshine Documentation&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This documentation is to better help you with the product to help you efficiently work with the product and make use of all of it's features properly.&lt;br /&gt;
Having trouble using a feature? Consult the documentation below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Need help navigating this manual better? Please use the table of contents to the right of this page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before we get started on using the Moonshine, we would like to thank you on choosing us! If you have any questions please ask in our Second Life Group.&lt;br /&gt;
If your questions are not answered, please file a ticket here on our [http://tickets.nexus-sl.net/ Support Site].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Getting Started&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
Before starting to brew the Moonshine, you will need to take a few steps to set up your still.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is a very complex system that will take time, it has some challenge to the system and does not have a high return without effort.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== '''What's Inside?''' ===&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have got everything unpacked, you will notice a lot of tools inside and other items.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
These are the tools and what they are used for.&lt;br /&gt;
* Nexus Moonshine - Water Spout&lt;br /&gt;
* Nexus Moonshine - Cornmeal Pallet&lt;br /&gt;
* Nexus Moonshine - Equipment Crate&lt;br /&gt;
* Nexus Moonshine HUD v1.0.0&lt;br /&gt;
* Nexus Moonshine Hand Attachments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Setting Up Your Cooking Area&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
Decide where you're going to be cooking your moonshine at? Well, it's time to get that grill set up.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How To Get An Area Set up ==&lt;br /&gt;
#Attach The &amp;quot;Nexus Moonshine HUD v1.0.0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
#Attach the &amp;quot;Nexus Moonshine Hand Attachments&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
#Rez out the &amp;quot;Nexus Moonshine - Water Spout&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
#Rez out the &amp;quot;Nexus Moonshine - Cornmeal Pallet&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
#Rez out the &amp;quot;Nexus Moonshine - Equipment Crate&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How To Set Up The Propane Burner ==&lt;br /&gt;
Before picking up items from the HUD, please remember that you will need to be standing near Equipment crate.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click Stove Items -&amp;gt; Propane Burner on the HUD.&lt;br /&gt;
#Go into Mouselook and click where you would like to place the propane burner.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click Stove Items -&amp;gt; Propane Tank and touch the burner.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click Stove Items -&amp;gt; Metal Pot then touch the burner.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click Stove Items -&amp;gt; Thermometer then touch the burner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#2f6d2e&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Congratulations, you've got your area all set up! Now time to get cooking.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shymus</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Nexus_Moonshine/Documentation</id>
		<title>Nexus Moonshine/Documentation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Nexus_Moonshine/Documentation"/>
				<updated>2021-11-03T20:59:31Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shymus: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Nexus Moonshine|← Nexus Moonshine]]&lt;br /&gt;
{|align=right&lt;br /&gt;
|__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Nexus Moonshine Documentation&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This documentation is to better help you with the product to help you efficiently work with the product and make use of all of it's features properly.&lt;br /&gt;
Having trouble using a feature? Consult the documentation below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Need help navigating this manual better? Please use the table of contents to the right of this page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before we get started on using the Moonshine, we would like to thank you on choosing us! If you have any questions please ask in our Second Life Group.&lt;br /&gt;
If your questions are not answered, please file a ticket here on our [http://tickets.nexus-sl.net/ Support Site].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Getting Started&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
Before starting to brew the Moonshine, you will need to take a few steps to set up your still.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is a very complex system that will take time, it has some challenge to the system and does not have a high return without effort.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== '''What's Inside?''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have got everything unpacked, you will notice a lot of tools inside and other items.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
These are the tools and what they are used for.&lt;br /&gt;
* Nexus Moonshine - Water Spout&lt;br /&gt;
* Nexus Moonshine - Cornmeal Pallet&lt;br /&gt;
* Nexus Moonshine - Equipment Crate&lt;br /&gt;
* Nexus Moonshine HUD v1.0.0&lt;br /&gt;
* Nexus Moonshine Hand Attachments&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shymus</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Nexus_Moonshine/Documentation</id>
		<title>Nexus Moonshine/Documentation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Nexus_Moonshine/Documentation"/>
				<updated>2021-11-03T20:59:13Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shymus: Created page with &amp;quot;← Nexus Moonshine {|align=right |__TOC__ |} = '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Nexus Moonshine Documentation&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =  This documentation is to better h...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Nexus Moonshine|← Nexus Moonshine]]&lt;br /&gt;
{|align=right&lt;br /&gt;
|__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Nexus Moonshine Documentation&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This documentation is to better help you with the product to help you efficiently work with the product and make use of all of it's features properly.&lt;br /&gt;
Having trouble using a feature? Consult the documentation below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Need help navigating this manual better? Please use the table of contents to the right of this page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before we get started on using the Moonshine, we would like to thank you on choosing us! If you have any questions please ask in our Second Life Group.&lt;br /&gt;
If your questions are not answered, please file a ticket here on our [http://tickets.nexus-sl.net/ Support Site].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Getting Started&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
Before starting to brew the Moonshine, you will need to take a few steps to set up your still.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is a very complex system that will take time, it has some challenge to the system and does not have a high return without effort.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== '''What's Inside?''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have got everything unpacked, you will notice a lot of tools inside and other items.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
These are the tools and what they are used for.&lt;br /&gt;
* Nexus Moonshine - Water Spout&lt;br /&gt;
* Nexus Moonshine - Cornmeal Pallet&lt;br /&gt;
* Nexus Moonshine - Equipment Crate&lt;br /&gt;
* Nexus Moonshine HUD v1.0.0&lt;br /&gt;
* Nexus Moonshine Hand Attachments&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shymus</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Nexus_Moonshine/Version_History</id>
		<title>Nexus Moonshine/Version History</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Nexus_Moonshine/Version_History"/>
				<updated>2021-11-03T20:51:59Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shymus: Created page with &amp;quot;← Nexus_Moonshine {|align=right |__TOC__ |} = '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;How to get updates&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' = : When a newer version comes out, our servers...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Nexus_Moonshine|← Nexus_Moonshine]]&lt;br /&gt;
{|align=right&lt;br /&gt;
|__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;How to get updates&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: When a newer version comes out, our servers will automatically send it to you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Don't receive your update? Simply visit our in-world store and select redelivery from the terminals in any of the stores.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Looking for the version number of your package? &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;You can find the version number on the box sent by the vendors. If you purchased off the marketplace, the version is displayed in the help notecard supplied.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.0.0&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* Initial Release&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shymus</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Nexus_Moonshine</id>
		<title>Nexus Moonshine</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Nexus_Moonshine"/>
				<updated>2021-11-03T20:51:11Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shymus: Created page with &amp;quot;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:auto; margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93;font-size:1.5em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The Nexus Moonshine is Second Life's first Moonshine...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:auto; margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93;font-size:1.5em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The Nexus Moonshine is Second Life's first Moonshine Distilling. Bringing you a complete challenge of brewing Corn Mash straight into liquid corn.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.3em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Need help with your Weed Growing? Look at the documentation below!&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;40&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Book.png|link=Nexus_Moonshine/Documentation|32px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Nexus_Moonshine/Documentation|Product&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Documentation]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Calendar.png|link=Nexus_Moonshine/Version History|32px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Nexus_Moonshine/Version History|Version&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;History]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Bug.png|link=Bugs|32px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bugs|Bugs]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shymus</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/GridNet_Radio_System/Version_History</id>
		<title>GridNet Radio System/Version History</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/GridNet_Radio_System/Version_History"/>
				<updated>2021-05-26T00:11:04Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shymus: /* Version 1.11.5 (5/6/2021) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Gridnet Radio System|← Gridnet Radio System]]&lt;br /&gt;
{|align=right&lt;br /&gt;
|__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;How to get updates&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: When a newer version comes out, our servers will automatically send it to you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Want to update your network without losing data from the last network?&lt;br /&gt;
: We give you a tool that will help with upgrading your servers, we do all the work for you. &lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;How updating works?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: When a newer version comes out, we will give you an upgrade tool if there is an update for the network servers. This will prevent you from losing your network. &lt;br /&gt;
: If there is no update for the in-world servers, then you do not have to worry about updating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.11.5 (5/25/2021)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;0px&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%;border:dashed 2px #990000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr style=&amp;quot;color:#990000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-size:30px;position:relative;left:7px;top:-10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;⚠&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-weight:bold;position:relative;left:-4%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This update requires you to upgrade your radios. &amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixes issues with Callsign not setting correctly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.11.4 (5/6/2021)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;0px&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%;border:dashed 2px #990000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr style=&amp;quot;color:#990000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-size:30px;position:relative;left:7px;top:-10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;⚠&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-weight:bold;position:relative;left:-4%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This update requires you to upgrade your radios. &amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Stack Heap Collisions caused when messages are received. This repairs the memory leak that occurred when a message was received.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.11.3 (5/5/2021)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;0px&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%;border:dashed 2px #990000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr style=&amp;quot;color:#990000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-size:30px;position:relative;left:7px;top:-10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;⚠&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-weight:bold;position:relative;left:-4%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This update requires you to upgrade your radios. &amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Added 'GridNet API - Receiver' to allow for receiving messages through a script.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added 'GridNet API Receive Config Example' to show an example of API Receiver script.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Stack Heap Collisions caused when send a long message. (Long messages will be sent in chunks and handled on a separate script.)&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Animation Permissions being overwritten when radio is configured.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Radios from not being deleting when they were not attached or worn. (Radios were still showing as connected, but were not listed on the website.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.11.1 (10/06/2020)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;0px&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%;border:dashed 2px #008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr style=&amp;quot;color:#008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-size:30px;position:relative;left:7px;top:-10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;⚠&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-weight:bold;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This update does not require you to upgrade your server. You can continue using the same server as before.&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Added ability to enable/disable sounds when a radio transmits or receives messages.&lt;br /&gt;
* Adjusted animation handling in scripts to not interfere with scripts when the script is attempting to request attach permissions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.11 (06/15/2020)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;0px&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%;border:dashed 2px #990000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr style=&amp;quot;color:#990000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-size:30px;position:relative;left:7px;top:-10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;⚠&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-weight:bold;position:relative;left:-4%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This update requires you to upgrade your server. &amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Radio Repeaters are now on a seperate script to free up memory in main radio script.&lt;br /&gt;
* Adds access for support to set the servers to an existing network that no longer has an in-world server.&lt;br /&gt;
* Adds Emergency Mutual Aid Station. A public radio station that is a linked network to all those who have it enabled. Allows for talking to other networks that have the feature enabled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.0.5 (10/15/2018)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;0px&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%;border:dashed 2px #008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr style=&amp;quot;color:#008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-size:30px;position:relative;left:7px;top:-10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;⚠&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-weight:bold;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This update does not require you to upgrade your server. You can continue using the same server as before.&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Updated the radios message handling to help prevent 'stack-heap collision' errors.&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;NOTE:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; If really long messages are transmitted, you risk encountering this error at which point you will need to re-attach the radio to resume normal operations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.0.4 (10/06/2018)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;0px&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%;border:dashed 2px #008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr style=&amp;quot;color:#008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-size:30px;position:relative;left:7px;top:-10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;⚠&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-weight:bold;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This update does not require you to upgrade your server. You can continue using the same server as before.&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Issue with Managers and API Keys. Fixed data only being submitted correctly for the first accordion.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Issue on dashboard with API Calls and Transmission Count displaying a large amount of zeros when the number became &amp;gt;9999&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Issue with repeater still making noise when the noise is turned off.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Issue with Forgot Password not catching any of the errors when the captcha is not ticked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.0.3 (10/04/2018)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;0px&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%;border:dashed 2px #008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr style=&amp;quot;color:#008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-size:30px;position:relative;left:7px;top:-10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;⚠&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-weight:bold;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This update does not require you to upgrade your server. You can continue using the same server as before.&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Added Transmit Messages to the API.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added Redirection to Forgot Password.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added Support to Aileron for GridNet.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Managers from being added to networks when they were a manager in another network.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Name2Key Service from showing invalid keys on newer users.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Detach Radios on the Radio Page.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Detach Radios on the in-world radio and should no longer give a script error.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed issue with API giving server error on the Transmit_Message action.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed issue with radio networks not checking all groups on the access list and only checking for the first group on the list.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Issue with API calls not incrementing when an API Call is made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.0.0 (10/01/2018)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* Initial Release&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shymus</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/GridNet_Radio_System/Version_History</id>
		<title>GridNet Radio System/Version History</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/GridNet_Radio_System/Version_History"/>
				<updated>2021-05-26T00:10:55Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shymus: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Gridnet Radio System|← Gridnet Radio System]]&lt;br /&gt;
{|align=right&lt;br /&gt;
|__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;How to get updates&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: When a newer version comes out, our servers will automatically send it to you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Want to update your network without losing data from the last network?&lt;br /&gt;
: We give you a tool that will help with upgrading your servers, we do all the work for you. &lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;How updating works?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: When a newer version comes out, we will give you an upgrade tool if there is an update for the network servers. This will prevent you from losing your network. &lt;br /&gt;
: If there is no update for the in-world servers, then you do not have to worry about updating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.11.5 (5/6/2021)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;0px&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%;border:dashed 2px #990000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr style=&amp;quot;color:#990000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-size:30px;position:relative;left:7px;top:-10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;⚠&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-weight:bold;position:relative;left:-4%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This update requires you to upgrade your radios. &amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixes issues with Callsign not setting correctly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.11.4 (5/6/2021)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;0px&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%;border:dashed 2px #990000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr style=&amp;quot;color:#990000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-size:30px;position:relative;left:7px;top:-10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;⚠&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-weight:bold;position:relative;left:-4%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This update requires you to upgrade your radios. &amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Stack Heap Collisions caused when messages are received. This repairs the memory leak that occurred when a message was received.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.11.3 (5/5/2021)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;0px&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%;border:dashed 2px #990000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr style=&amp;quot;color:#990000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-size:30px;position:relative;left:7px;top:-10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;⚠&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-weight:bold;position:relative;left:-4%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This update requires you to upgrade your radios. &amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Added 'GridNet API - Receiver' to allow for receiving messages through a script.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added 'GridNet API Receive Config Example' to show an example of API Receiver script.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Stack Heap Collisions caused when send a long message. (Long messages will be sent in chunks and handled on a separate script.)&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Animation Permissions being overwritten when radio is configured.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Radios from not being deleting when they were not attached or worn. (Radios were still showing as connected, but were not listed on the website.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.11.1 (10/06/2020)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;0px&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%;border:dashed 2px #008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr style=&amp;quot;color:#008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-size:30px;position:relative;left:7px;top:-10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;⚠&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-weight:bold;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This update does not require you to upgrade your server. You can continue using the same server as before.&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Added ability to enable/disable sounds when a radio transmits or receives messages.&lt;br /&gt;
* Adjusted animation handling in scripts to not interfere with scripts when the script is attempting to request attach permissions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.11 (06/15/2020)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;0px&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%;border:dashed 2px #990000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr style=&amp;quot;color:#990000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-size:30px;position:relative;left:7px;top:-10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;⚠&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-weight:bold;position:relative;left:-4%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This update requires you to upgrade your server. &amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Radio Repeaters are now on a seperate script to free up memory in main radio script.&lt;br /&gt;
* Adds access for support to set the servers to an existing network that no longer has an in-world server.&lt;br /&gt;
* Adds Emergency Mutual Aid Station. A public radio station that is a linked network to all those who have it enabled. Allows for talking to other networks that have the feature enabled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.0.5 (10/15/2018)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;0px&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%;border:dashed 2px #008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr style=&amp;quot;color:#008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-size:30px;position:relative;left:7px;top:-10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;⚠&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-weight:bold;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This update does not require you to upgrade your server. You can continue using the same server as before.&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Updated the radios message handling to help prevent 'stack-heap collision' errors.&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;NOTE:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; If really long messages are transmitted, you risk encountering this error at which point you will need to re-attach the radio to resume normal operations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.0.4 (10/06/2018)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;0px&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%;border:dashed 2px #008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr style=&amp;quot;color:#008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-size:30px;position:relative;left:7px;top:-10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;⚠&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-weight:bold;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This update does not require you to upgrade your server. You can continue using the same server as before.&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Issue with Managers and API Keys. Fixed data only being submitted correctly for the first accordion.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Issue on dashboard with API Calls and Transmission Count displaying a large amount of zeros when the number became &amp;gt;9999&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Issue with repeater still making noise when the noise is turned off.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Issue with Forgot Password not catching any of the errors when the captcha is not ticked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.0.3 (10/04/2018)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;0px&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%;border:dashed 2px #008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr style=&amp;quot;color:#008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-size:30px;position:relative;left:7px;top:-10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;⚠&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-weight:bold;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This update does not require you to upgrade your server. You can continue using the same server as before.&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Added Transmit Messages to the API.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added Redirection to Forgot Password.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added Support to Aileron for GridNet.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Managers from being added to networks when they were a manager in another network.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Name2Key Service from showing invalid keys on newer users.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Detach Radios on the Radio Page.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Detach Radios on the in-world radio and should no longer give a script error.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed issue with API giving server error on the Transmit_Message action.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed issue with radio networks not checking all groups on the access list and only checking for the first group on the list.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Issue with API calls not incrementing when an API Call is made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.0.0 (10/01/2018)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* Initial Release&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shymus</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/GridNet_Radio_System/Version_History</id>
		<title>GridNet Radio System/Version History</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/GridNet_Radio_System/Version_History"/>
				<updated>2021-05-06T19:18:06Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shymus: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Gridnet Radio System|← Gridnet Radio System]]&lt;br /&gt;
{|align=right&lt;br /&gt;
|__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;How to get updates&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: When a newer version comes out, our servers will automatically send it to you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Want to update your network without losing data from the last network?&lt;br /&gt;
: We give you a tool that will help with upgrading your servers, we do all the work for you. &lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;How updating works?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: When a newer version comes out, we will give you an upgrade tool if there is an update for the network servers. This will prevent you from losing your network. &lt;br /&gt;
: If there is no update for the in-world servers, then you do not have to worry about updating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.11.4 (5/6/2021)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;0px&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%;border:dashed 2px #990000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr style=&amp;quot;color:#990000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-size:30px;position:relative;left:7px;top:-10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;⚠&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-weight:bold;position:relative;left:-4%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This update requires you to upgrade your radios. &amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Stack Heap Collisions caused when messages are received. This repairs the memory leak that occurred when a message was received.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.11.3 (5/5/2021)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;0px&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%;border:dashed 2px #990000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr style=&amp;quot;color:#990000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-size:30px;position:relative;left:7px;top:-10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;⚠&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-weight:bold;position:relative;left:-4%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This update requires you to upgrade your radios. &amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Added 'GridNet API - Receiver' to allow for receiving messages through a script.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added 'GridNet API Receive Config Example' to show an example of API Receiver script.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Stack Heap Collisions caused when send a long message. (Long messages will be sent in chunks and handled on a separate script.)&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Animation Permissions being overwritten when radio is configured.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Radios from not being deleting when they were not attached or worn. (Radios were still showing as connected, but were not listed on the website.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.11.1 (10/06/2020)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;0px&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%;border:dashed 2px #008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr style=&amp;quot;color:#008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-size:30px;position:relative;left:7px;top:-10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;⚠&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-weight:bold;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This update does not require you to upgrade your server. You can continue using the same server as before.&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Added ability to enable/disable sounds when a radio transmits or receives messages.&lt;br /&gt;
* Adjusted animation handling in scripts to not interfere with scripts when the script is attempting to request attach permissions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.11 (06/15/2020)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;0px&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%;border:dashed 2px #990000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr style=&amp;quot;color:#990000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-size:30px;position:relative;left:7px;top:-10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;⚠&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-weight:bold;position:relative;left:-4%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This update requires you to upgrade your server. &amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Radio Repeaters are now on a seperate script to free up memory in main radio script.&lt;br /&gt;
* Adds access for support to set the servers to an existing network that no longer has an in-world server.&lt;br /&gt;
* Adds Emergency Mutual Aid Station. A public radio station that is a linked network to all those who have it enabled. Allows for talking to other networks that have the feature enabled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.0.5 (10/15/2018)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;0px&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%;border:dashed 2px #008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr style=&amp;quot;color:#008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-size:30px;position:relative;left:7px;top:-10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;⚠&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-weight:bold;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This update does not require you to upgrade your server. You can continue using the same server as before.&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Updated the radios message handling to help prevent 'stack-heap collision' errors.&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;NOTE:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; If really long messages are transmitted, you risk encountering this error at which point you will need to re-attach the radio to resume normal operations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.0.4 (10/06/2018)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;0px&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%;border:dashed 2px #008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr style=&amp;quot;color:#008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-size:30px;position:relative;left:7px;top:-10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;⚠&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-weight:bold;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This update does not require you to upgrade your server. You can continue using the same server as before.&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Issue with Managers and API Keys. Fixed data only being submitted correctly for the first accordion.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Issue on dashboard with API Calls and Transmission Count displaying a large amount of zeros when the number became &amp;gt;9999&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Issue with repeater still making noise when the noise is turned off.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Issue with Forgot Password not catching any of the errors when the captcha is not ticked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.0.3 (10/04/2018)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;0px&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%;border:dashed 2px #008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr style=&amp;quot;color:#008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-size:30px;position:relative;left:7px;top:-10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;⚠&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-weight:bold;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This update does not require you to upgrade your server. You can continue using the same server as before.&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Added Transmit Messages to the API.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added Redirection to Forgot Password.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added Support to Aileron for GridNet.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Managers from being added to networks when they were a manager in another network.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Name2Key Service from showing invalid keys on newer users.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Detach Radios on the Radio Page.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Detach Radios on the in-world radio and should no longer give a script error.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed issue with API giving server error on the Transmit_Message action.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed issue with radio networks not checking all groups on the access list and only checking for the first group on the list.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Issue with API calls not incrementing when an API Call is made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.0.0 (10/01/2018)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* Initial Release&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shymus</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/GridNet_Radio_System/Version_History</id>
		<title>GridNet Radio System/Version History</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/GridNet_Radio_System/Version_History"/>
				<updated>2021-05-05T05:29:17Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shymus: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Gridnet Radio System|← Gridnet Radio System]]&lt;br /&gt;
{|align=right&lt;br /&gt;
|__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;How to get updates&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: When a newer version comes out, our servers will automatically send it to you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Want to update your network without losing data from the last network?&lt;br /&gt;
: We give you a tool that will help with upgrading your servers, we do all the work for you. &lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;How updating works?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: When a newer version comes out, we will give you an upgrade tool if there is an update for the network servers. This will prevent you from losing your network. &lt;br /&gt;
: If there is no update for the in-world servers, then you do not have to worry about updating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.11.3 (5/5/2021)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;0px&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%;border:dashed 2px #990000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr style=&amp;quot;color:#990000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-size:30px;position:relative;left:7px;top:-10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;⚠&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-weight:bold;position:relative;left:-4%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This update requires you to upgrade your radios. &amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Added 'GridNet API - Receiver' to allow for receiving messages through a script.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added 'GridNet API Receive Config Example' to show an example of API Receiver script.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Stack Heap Collisions caused when send a long message. (Long messages will be sent in chunks and handled on a separate script.)&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Animation Permissions being overwritten when radio is configured.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Radios from not being deleting when they were not attached or worn. (Radios were still showing as connected, but were not listed on the website.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.11.1 (10/06/2020)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;0px&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%;border:dashed 2px #008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr style=&amp;quot;color:#008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-size:30px;position:relative;left:7px;top:-10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;⚠&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-weight:bold;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This update does not require you to upgrade your server. You can continue using the same server as before.&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Added ability to enable/disable sounds when a radio transmits or receives messages.&lt;br /&gt;
* Adjusted animation handling in scripts to not interfere with scripts when the script is attempting to request attach permissions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.11 (06/15/2020)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;0px&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%;border:dashed 2px #990000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr style=&amp;quot;color:#990000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-size:30px;position:relative;left:7px;top:-10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;⚠&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-weight:bold;position:relative;left:-4%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This update requires you to upgrade your server. &amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Radio Repeaters are now on a seperate script to free up memory in main radio script.&lt;br /&gt;
* Adds access for support to set the servers to an existing network that no longer has an in-world server.&lt;br /&gt;
* Adds Emergency Mutual Aid Station. A public radio station that is a linked network to all those who have it enabled. Allows for talking to other networks that have the feature enabled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.0.5 (10/15/2018)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;0px&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%;border:dashed 2px #008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr style=&amp;quot;color:#008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-size:30px;position:relative;left:7px;top:-10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;⚠&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-weight:bold;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This update does not require you to upgrade your server. You can continue using the same server as before.&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Updated the radios message handling to help prevent 'stack-heap collision' errors.&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;NOTE:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; If really long messages are transmitted, you risk encountering this error at which point you will need to re-attach the radio to resume normal operations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.0.4 (10/06/2018)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;0px&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%;border:dashed 2px #008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr style=&amp;quot;color:#008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-size:30px;position:relative;left:7px;top:-10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;⚠&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-weight:bold;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This update does not require you to upgrade your server. You can continue using the same server as before.&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Issue with Managers and API Keys. Fixed data only being submitted correctly for the first accordion.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Issue on dashboard with API Calls and Transmission Count displaying a large amount of zeros when the number became &amp;gt;9999&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Issue with repeater still making noise when the noise is turned off.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Issue with Forgot Password not catching any of the errors when the captcha is not ticked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.0.3 (10/04/2018)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;0px&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%;border:dashed 2px #008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr style=&amp;quot;color:#008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-size:30px;position:relative;left:7px;top:-10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;⚠&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-weight:bold;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This update does not require you to upgrade your server. You can continue using the same server as before.&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Added Transmit Messages to the API.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added Redirection to Forgot Password.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added Support to Aileron for GridNet.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Managers from being added to networks when they were a manager in another network.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Name2Key Service from showing invalid keys on newer users.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Detach Radios on the Radio Page.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Detach Radios on the in-world radio and should no longer give a script error.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed issue with API giving server error on the Transmit_Message action.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed issue with radio networks not checking all groups on the access list and only checking for the first group on the list.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Issue with API calls not incrementing when an API Call is made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.0.0 (10/01/2018)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* Initial Release&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shymus</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/GridNet_Radio_System/Version_History</id>
		<title>GridNet Radio System/Version History</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/GridNet_Radio_System/Version_History"/>
				<updated>2021-05-05T05:12:01Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shymus: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Gridnet Radio System|← Gridnet Radio System]]&lt;br /&gt;
{|align=right&lt;br /&gt;
|__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;How to get updates&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: When a newer version comes out, our servers will automatically send it to you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Want to update your network without losing data from the last network?&lt;br /&gt;
: We give you a tool that will help with upgrading your servers, we do all the work for you. &lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;How updating works?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: When a newer version comes out, we will give you an upgrade tool if there is an update for the network servers. This will prevent you from losing your network. &lt;br /&gt;
: If there is no update for the in-world servers, then you do not have to worry about updating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.11.3 (5/5/2021)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;0px&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%;border:dashed 2px #990000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr style=&amp;quot;color:#990000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-size:30px;position:relative;left:7px;top:-10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;⚠&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-weight:bold;position:relative;left:-4%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This update requires you to upgrade your radios. &amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Stack Heap Collisions caused when send a long message. (Long messages will be sent in chunks and handled on a separate script.)&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Animation Permissions being overwritten when radio is configured.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Radios from not being deleting when they were not attached or worn. (Radios were still showing as connected, but were not listed on the website.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.11.1 (10/06/2020)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;0px&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%;border:dashed 2px #008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr style=&amp;quot;color:#008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-size:30px;position:relative;left:7px;top:-10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;⚠&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-weight:bold;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This update does not require you to upgrade your server. You can continue using the same server as before.&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Added ability to enable/disable sounds when a radio transmits or receives messages.&lt;br /&gt;
* Adjusted animation handling in scripts to not interfere with scripts when the script is attempting to request attach permissions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.11 (06/15/2020)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;0px&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%;border:dashed 2px #990000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr style=&amp;quot;color:#990000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-size:30px;position:relative;left:7px;top:-10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;⚠&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-weight:bold;position:relative;left:-4%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This update requires you to upgrade your server. &amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Radio Repeaters are now on a seperate script to free up memory in main radio script.&lt;br /&gt;
* Adds access for support to set the servers to an existing network that no longer has an in-world server.&lt;br /&gt;
* Adds Emergency Mutual Aid Station. A public radio station that is a linked network to all those who have it enabled. Allows for talking to other networks that have the feature enabled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.0.5 (10/15/2018)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;0px&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%;border:dashed 2px #008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr style=&amp;quot;color:#008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-size:30px;position:relative;left:7px;top:-10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;⚠&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-weight:bold;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This update does not require you to upgrade your server. You can continue using the same server as before.&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Updated the radios message handling to help prevent 'stack-heap collision' errors.&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;NOTE:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; If really long messages are transmitted, you risk encountering this error at which point you will need to re-attach the radio to resume normal operations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.0.4 (10/06/2018)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;0px&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%;border:dashed 2px #008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr style=&amp;quot;color:#008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-size:30px;position:relative;left:7px;top:-10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;⚠&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-weight:bold;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This update does not require you to upgrade your server. You can continue using the same server as before.&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Issue with Managers and API Keys. Fixed data only being submitted correctly for the first accordion.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Issue on dashboard with API Calls and Transmission Count displaying a large amount of zeros when the number became &amp;gt;9999&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Issue with repeater still making noise when the noise is turned off.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Issue with Forgot Password not catching any of the errors when the captcha is not ticked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.0.3 (10/04/2018)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;0px&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%;border:dashed 2px #008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr style=&amp;quot;color:#008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-size:30px;position:relative;left:7px;top:-10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;⚠&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-weight:bold;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This update does not require you to upgrade your server. You can continue using the same server as before.&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Added Transmit Messages to the API.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added Redirection to Forgot Password.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added Support to Aileron for GridNet.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Managers from being added to networks when they were a manager in another network.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Name2Key Service from showing invalid keys on newer users.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Detach Radios on the Radio Page.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Detach Radios on the in-world radio and should no longer give a script error.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed issue with API giving server error on the Transmit_Message action.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed issue with radio networks not checking all groups on the access list and only checking for the first group on the list.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Issue with API calls not incrementing when an API Call is made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.0.0 (10/01/2018)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* Initial Release&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shymus</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/GridNet_Radio_System/Version_History</id>
		<title>GridNet Radio System/Version History</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/GridNet_Radio_System/Version_History"/>
				<updated>2021-05-05T05:11:00Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shymus: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Gridnet Radio System|← Gridnet Radio System]]&lt;br /&gt;
{|align=right&lt;br /&gt;
|__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;How to get updates&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: When a newer version comes out, our servers will automatically send it to you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Want to update your network without losing data from the last network?&lt;br /&gt;
: We give you a tool that will help with upgrading your servers, we do all the work for you. &lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;How updating works?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: When a newer version comes out, we will give you an upgrade tool if there is an update for the network servers. This will prevent you from losing your network. &lt;br /&gt;
: If there is no update for the in-world servers, then you do not have to worry about updating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.11.3 (5/5/2021)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;0px&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%;border:dashed 2px #990000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr style=&amp;quot;color:#990000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-size:30px;position:relative;left:7px;top:-10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;⚠&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-weight:bold;position:relative;left:-4%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This update requires you to upgrade your radios. &amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Stack Heap Collisions caused when send a long message. (Long messages will be sent in chunks and handled on a separate script.)&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Animation Permissions being overwritten when radio is configured.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.11.1 (10/06/2020)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;0px&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%;border:dashed 2px #008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr style=&amp;quot;color:#008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-size:30px;position:relative;left:7px;top:-10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;⚠&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-weight:bold;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This update does not require you to upgrade your server. You can continue using the same server as before.&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Added ability to enable/disable sounds when a radio transmits or receives messages.&lt;br /&gt;
* Adjusted animation handling in scripts to not interfere with scripts when the script is attempting to request attach permissions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.11 (06/15/2020)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;0px&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%;border:dashed 2px #990000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr style=&amp;quot;color:#990000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-size:30px;position:relative;left:7px;top:-10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;⚠&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-weight:bold;position:relative;left:-4%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This update requires you to upgrade your server. &amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Radio Repeaters are now on a seperate script to free up memory in main radio script.&lt;br /&gt;
* Adds access for support to set the servers to an existing network that no longer has an in-world server.&lt;br /&gt;
* Adds Emergency Mutual Aid Station. A public radio station that is a linked network to all those who have it enabled. Allows for talking to other networks that have the feature enabled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.0.5 (10/15/2018)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;0px&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%;border:dashed 2px #008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr style=&amp;quot;color:#008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-size:30px;position:relative;left:7px;top:-10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;⚠&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-weight:bold;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This update does not require you to upgrade your server. You can continue using the same server as before.&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Updated the radios message handling to help prevent 'stack-heap collision' errors.&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;NOTE:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; If really long messages are transmitted, you risk encountering this error at which point you will need to re-attach the radio to resume normal operations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.0.4 (10/06/2018)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;0px&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%;border:dashed 2px #008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr style=&amp;quot;color:#008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-size:30px;position:relative;left:7px;top:-10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;⚠&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-weight:bold;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This update does not require you to upgrade your server. You can continue using the same server as before.&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Issue with Managers and API Keys. Fixed data only being submitted correctly for the first accordion.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Issue on dashboard with API Calls and Transmission Count displaying a large amount of zeros when the number became &amp;gt;9999&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Issue with repeater still making noise when the noise is turned off.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Issue with Forgot Password not catching any of the errors when the captcha is not ticked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.0.3 (10/04/2018)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;0px&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%;border:dashed 2px #008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr style=&amp;quot;color:#008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-size:30px;position:relative;left:7px;top:-10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;⚠&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-weight:bold;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This update does not require you to upgrade your server. You can continue using the same server as before.&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Added Transmit Messages to the API.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added Redirection to Forgot Password.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added Support to Aileron for GridNet.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Managers from being added to networks when they were a manager in another network.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Name2Key Service from showing invalid keys on newer users.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Detach Radios on the Radio Page.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Detach Radios on the in-world radio and should no longer give a script error.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed issue with API giving server error on the Transmit_Message action.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed issue with radio networks not checking all groups on the access list and only checking for the first group on the list.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Issue with API calls not incrementing when an API Call is made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.0.0 (10/01/2018)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* Initial Release&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shymus</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/GridNet_Radio_System/Version_History</id>
		<title>GridNet Radio System/Version History</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/GridNet_Radio_System/Version_History"/>
				<updated>2021-05-05T05:10:42Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shymus: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Gridnet Radio System|← Gridnet Radio System]]&lt;br /&gt;
{|align=right&lt;br /&gt;
|__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;How to get updates&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: When a newer version comes out, our servers will automatically send it to you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Want to update your network without losing data from the last network?&lt;br /&gt;
: We give you a tool that will help with upgrading your servers, we do all the work for you. &lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;How updating works?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: When a newer version comes out, we will give you an upgrade tool if there is an update for the network servers. This will prevent you from losing your network. &lt;br /&gt;
: If there is no update for the in-world servers, then you do not have to worry about updating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.11.3 (10/06/2020)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;0px&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%;border:dashed 2px #990000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr style=&amp;quot;color:#990000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-size:30px;position:relative;left:7px;top:-10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;⚠&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-weight:bold;position:relative;left:-4%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This update requires you to upgrade your radios. &amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Stack Heap Collisions caused when send a long message. (Long messages will be sent in chunks and handled on a separate script.)&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Animation Permissions being overwritten when radio is configured.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.11.1 (10/06/2020)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;0px&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%;border:dashed 2px #008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr style=&amp;quot;color:#008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-size:30px;position:relative;left:7px;top:-10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;⚠&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-weight:bold;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This update does not require you to upgrade your server. You can continue using the same server as before.&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Added ability to enable/disable sounds when a radio transmits or receives messages.&lt;br /&gt;
* Adjusted animation handling in scripts to not interfere with scripts when the script is attempting to request attach permissions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.11 (06/15/2020)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;0px&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%;border:dashed 2px #990000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr style=&amp;quot;color:#990000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-size:30px;position:relative;left:7px;top:-10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;⚠&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-weight:bold;position:relative;left:-4%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This update requires you to upgrade your server. &amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Radio Repeaters are now on a seperate script to free up memory in main radio script.&lt;br /&gt;
* Adds access for support to set the servers to an existing network that no longer has an in-world server.&lt;br /&gt;
* Adds Emergency Mutual Aid Station. A public radio station that is a linked network to all those who have it enabled. Allows for talking to other networks that have the feature enabled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.0.5 (10/15/2018)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;0px&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%;border:dashed 2px #008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr style=&amp;quot;color:#008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-size:30px;position:relative;left:7px;top:-10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;⚠&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-weight:bold;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This update does not require you to upgrade your server. You can continue using the same server as before.&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Updated the radios message handling to help prevent 'stack-heap collision' errors.&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;NOTE:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; If really long messages are transmitted, you risk encountering this error at which point you will need to re-attach the radio to resume normal operations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.0.4 (10/06/2018)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;0px&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%;border:dashed 2px #008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr style=&amp;quot;color:#008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-size:30px;position:relative;left:7px;top:-10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;⚠&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-weight:bold;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This update does not require you to upgrade your server. You can continue using the same server as before.&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Issue with Managers and API Keys. Fixed data only being submitted correctly for the first accordion.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Issue on dashboard with API Calls and Transmission Count displaying a large amount of zeros when the number became &amp;gt;9999&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Issue with repeater still making noise when the noise is turned off.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Issue with Forgot Password not catching any of the errors when the captcha is not ticked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.0.3 (10/04/2018)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;0px&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%;border:dashed 2px #008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr style=&amp;quot;color:#008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-size:30px;position:relative;left:7px;top:-10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;⚠&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-weight:bold;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This update does not require you to upgrade your server. You can continue using the same server as before.&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Added Transmit Messages to the API.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added Redirection to Forgot Password.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added Support to Aileron for GridNet.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Managers from being added to networks when they were a manager in another network.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Name2Key Service from showing invalid keys on newer users.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Detach Radios on the Radio Page.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Detach Radios on the in-world radio and should no longer give a script error.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed issue with API giving server error on the Transmit_Message action.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed issue with radio networks not checking all groups on the access list and only checking for the first group on the list.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Issue with API calls not incrementing when an API Call is made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.0.0 (10/01/2018)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* Initial Release&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shymus</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/GridNet_Radio_System/Version_History</id>
		<title>GridNet Radio System/Version History</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/GridNet_Radio_System/Version_History"/>
				<updated>2021-05-05T05:09:59Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shymus: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Gridnet Radio System|← Gridnet Radio System]]&lt;br /&gt;
{|align=right&lt;br /&gt;
|__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;How to get updates&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: When a newer version comes out, our servers will automatically send it to you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Want to update your network without losing data from the last network?&lt;br /&gt;
: We give you a tool that will help with upgrading your servers, we do all the work for you. &lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;How updating works?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: When a newer version comes out, we will give you an upgrade tool if there is an update for the network servers. This will prevent you from losing your network. &lt;br /&gt;
: If there is no update for the in-world servers, then you do not have to worry about updating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.11.3 (10/06/2020)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;0px&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%;border:dashed 2px #990000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr style=&amp;quot;color:#990000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-size:30px;position:relative;left:7px;top:-10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;⚠&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-weight:bold;position:relative;left:-4%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This update requires you to upgrade your radios in the network. &amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Stack Heap Collisions caused when send a long message. (Long messages will be sent in chunks and handled on a separate script.)&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Animation Permissions being overwritten when radio is configured.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.11.1 (10/06/2020)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;0px&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%;border:dashed 2px #008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr style=&amp;quot;color:#008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-size:30px;position:relative;left:7px;top:-10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;⚠&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-weight:bold;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This update does not require you to upgrade your server. You can continue using the same server as before.&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Added ability to enable/disable sounds when a radio transmits or receives messages.&lt;br /&gt;
* Adjusted animation handling in scripts to not interfere with scripts when the script is attempting to request attach permissions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.11 (06/15/2020)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;0px&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%;border:dashed 2px #990000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr style=&amp;quot;color:#990000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-size:30px;position:relative;left:7px;top:-10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;⚠&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-weight:bold;position:relative;left:-4%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This update requires you to upgrade your server. &amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Radio Repeaters are now on a seperate script to free up memory in main radio script.&lt;br /&gt;
* Adds access for support to set the servers to an existing network that no longer has an in-world server.&lt;br /&gt;
* Adds Emergency Mutual Aid Station. A public radio station that is a linked network to all those who have it enabled. Allows for talking to other networks that have the feature enabled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.0.5 (10/15/2018)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;0px&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%;border:dashed 2px #008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr style=&amp;quot;color:#008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-size:30px;position:relative;left:7px;top:-10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;⚠&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-weight:bold;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This update does not require you to upgrade your server. You can continue using the same server as before.&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Updated the radios message handling to help prevent 'stack-heap collision' errors.&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;NOTE:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; If really long messages are transmitted, you risk encountering this error at which point you will need to re-attach the radio to resume normal operations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.0.4 (10/06/2018)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;0px&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%;border:dashed 2px #008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr style=&amp;quot;color:#008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-size:30px;position:relative;left:7px;top:-10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;⚠&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-weight:bold;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This update does not require you to upgrade your server. You can continue using the same server as before.&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Issue with Managers and API Keys. Fixed data only being submitted correctly for the first accordion.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Issue on dashboard with API Calls and Transmission Count displaying a large amount of zeros when the number became &amp;gt;9999&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Issue with repeater still making noise when the noise is turned off.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Issue with Forgot Password not catching any of the errors when the captcha is not ticked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.0.3 (10/04/2018)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;0px&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%;border:dashed 2px #008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr style=&amp;quot;color:#008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-size:30px;position:relative;left:7px;top:-10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;⚠&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-weight:bold;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This update does not require you to upgrade your server. You can continue using the same server as before.&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Added Transmit Messages to the API.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added Redirection to Forgot Password.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added Support to Aileron for GridNet.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Managers from being added to networks when they were a manager in another network.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Name2Key Service from showing invalid keys on newer users.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Detach Radios on the Radio Page.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Detach Radios on the in-world radio and should no longer give a script error.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed issue with API giving server error on the Transmit_Message action.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed issue with radio networks not checking all groups on the access list and only checking for the first group on the list.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Issue with API calls not incrementing when an API Call is made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.0.0 (10/01/2018)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* Initial Release&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shymus</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Nexus_Phone_Entry/Version_History</id>
		<title>Nexus Phone Entry/Version History</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Nexus_Phone_Entry/Version_History"/>
				<updated>2021-04-05T19:50:47Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shymus: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Nexus Phone Entry|← Nexus Phone Entry System]]&lt;br /&gt;
{|align=right&lt;br /&gt;
|__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;How to get updates&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: When a newer version comes out, our servers will automatically send it to you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Don't receive your update? Simply visit our in-world store and select a redelivery from the terminals in any of the stores.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Looking for your version number of your package? &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;You can find the version number on the box sent by the vendors. If you purchased off the marketplace, the version is displayed in the help notecard supplied.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.0.2&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* Added llName2Key as a fallback for current Name2Key service.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.0.1&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* Added GateID to Sensors&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.0.0&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* Initial Release&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shymus</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Nexus_Pager_System/Version_History</id>
		<title>Nexus Pager System/Version History</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Nexus_Pager_System/Version_History"/>
				<updated>2021-02-26T01:33:55Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shymus: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Nexus Pager System|← Nexus Pager System]]&lt;br /&gt;
{|align=right&lt;br /&gt;
|__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;How to get updates&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: When a newer version comes out, our servers will automatically send it to you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Don't receive your update? Simply visit our in-world store and select a redelivery from the terminals in any of the stores.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Looking for your version number of your package? &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;You can find the version number on the box sent by the vendors. If you purchased off the marketplace, the version is displayed in the help notecard supplied.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 3.0.2&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* Pagers &amp;amp; speakers will now properly update in the database, instead of creating a new record when rezzed/worn.&lt;br /&gt;
* If a new pager is worn by a user, any old pagers that were once associated with that particular user and network id will now be removed automatically from the database - only keeping the latest pager record.&lt;br /&gt;
* Modified the multi_curl process; the system will now check the status code of each pager URL it attempts to send the transmission to, if the status code != 200 it will remove the pager/speaker from the database as it's considered to no longer exist.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added a sound option to the Computer Terminal, which when clicked will toggle the fan sound.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 3.0.1&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed bug where pager would reset itself after being sent to someone else.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added feature to prevent user from configuring pager when worn. This prevents the bug above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 3.0.0&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* Complete Rebuild.&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed need for passwords.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added Channels to each network.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added Access List to be used without a notecard.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed issue with only one speaker working for a single network.&lt;br /&gt;
* Created Transmitter to send messages.&lt;br /&gt;
* Updated all Mesh Models.&lt;br /&gt;
* Created a new Developer API.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recreated Database and Server Software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 2.1.0&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed issue with URLs not refreshing.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed issue with Pager not releasing previous URLs.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added API Object to work with the Fire Alarm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 2.0.0&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* Complete Rebuild &amp;amp; Rewrite&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.0.0&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* Initial Release&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shymus</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Nexus_Pager_System/Version_History</id>
		<title>Nexus Pager System/Version History</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Nexus_Pager_System/Version_History"/>
				<updated>2021-02-26T01:31:22Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shymus: Added version 3.0.2&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Nexus Pager System|← Nexus Pager System]]&lt;br /&gt;
{|align=right&lt;br /&gt;
|__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;How to get updates&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: When a newer version comes out, our servers will automatically send it to you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Don't receive your update? Simply visit our in-world store and select a redelivery from the terminals in any of the stores.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Looking for your version number of your package? &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;You can find the version number on the box sent by the vendors. If you purchased off the marketplace, the version is displayed in the help notecard supplied.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 3.0.2&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* Pagers &amp;amp; speakers will now properly update in the database, instead of creating a new record when rezzed/worn.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added feature to prevent user from configuring pager when worn. This prevents the bug above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 3.0.1&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed bug where pager would reset itself after being sent to someone else.&lt;br /&gt;
* If a new pager is worn by a user, any old pagers that were once associated with that particular user and network id will now be removed automatically from the database - only keeping the latest pager record.&lt;br /&gt;
* Modified the multi_curl process; the system will now check the status code of each pager URL it attempts to send the transmission to, if the status code != 200 it will remove the pager/speaker from the database as it's considered to no longer exist.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added a sound option to the Computer Terminal, which when clicked will toggle the fan sound.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 3.0.0&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* Complete Rebuild.&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed need for passwords.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added Channels to each network.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added Access List to be used without a notecard.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed issue with only one speaker working for a single network.&lt;br /&gt;
* Created Transmitter to send messages.&lt;br /&gt;
* Updated all Mesh Models.&lt;br /&gt;
* Created a new Developer API.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recreated Database and Server Software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 2.1.0&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed issue with URLs not refreshing.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed issue with Pager not releasing previous URLs.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added API Object to work with the Fire Alarm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 2.0.0&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* Complete Rebuild &amp;amp; Rewrite&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.0.0&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* Initial Release&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shymus</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/GridNet_Radio_System/Version_History</id>
		<title>GridNet Radio System/Version History</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/GridNet_Radio_System/Version_History"/>
				<updated>2020-10-06T05:41:08Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shymus: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Gridnet Radio System|← Gridnet Radio System]]&lt;br /&gt;
{|align=right&lt;br /&gt;
|__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;How to get updates&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: When a newer version comes out, our servers will automatically send it to you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Want to update your network without losing data from the last network?&lt;br /&gt;
: We give you a tool that will help with upgrading your servers, we do all the work for you. &lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;How updating works?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: When a newer version comes out, we will give you an upgrade tool if there is an update for the network servers. This will prevent you from losing your network. &lt;br /&gt;
: If there is no update for the in-world servers, then you do not have to worry about updating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.11.1 (10/06/2020)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;0px&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%;border:dashed 2px #008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr style=&amp;quot;color:#008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-size:30px;position:relative;left:7px;top:-10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;⚠&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-weight:bold;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This update does not require you to upgrade your server. You can continue using the same server as before.&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Added ability to enable/disable sounds when a radio transmits or receives messages.&lt;br /&gt;
* Adjusted animation handling in scripts to not interfere with scripts when the script is attempting to request attach permissions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.11 (06/15/2020)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;0px&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%;border:dashed 2px #990000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr style=&amp;quot;color:#990000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-size:30px;position:relative;left:7px;top:-10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;⚠&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-weight:bold;position:relative;left:-4%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This update requires you to upgrade your server. &amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Radio Repeaters are now on a seperate script to free up memory in main radio script.&lt;br /&gt;
* Adds access for support to set the servers to an existing network that no longer has an in-world server.&lt;br /&gt;
* Adds Emergency Mutual Aid Station. A public radio station that is a linked network to all those who have it enabled. Allows for talking to other networks that have the feature enabled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.0.5 (10/15/2018)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;0px&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%;border:dashed 2px #008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr style=&amp;quot;color:#008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-size:30px;position:relative;left:7px;top:-10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;⚠&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-weight:bold;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This update does not require you to upgrade your server. You can continue using the same server as before.&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Updated the radios message handling to help prevent 'stack-heap collision' errors.&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;NOTE:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; If really long messages are transmitted, you risk encountering this error at which point you will need to re-attach the radio to resume normal operations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.0.4 (10/06/2018)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;0px&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%;border:dashed 2px #008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr style=&amp;quot;color:#008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-size:30px;position:relative;left:7px;top:-10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;⚠&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-weight:bold;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This update does not require you to upgrade your server. You can continue using the same server as before.&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Issue with Managers and API Keys. Fixed data only being submitted correctly for the first accordion.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Issue on dashboard with API Calls and Transmission Count displaying a large amount of zeros when the number became &amp;gt;9999&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Issue with repeater still making noise when the noise is turned off.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Issue with Forgot Password not catching any of the errors when the captcha is not ticked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.0.3 (10/04/2018)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;0px&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%;border:dashed 2px #008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr style=&amp;quot;color:#008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-size:30px;position:relative;left:7px;top:-10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;⚠&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-weight:bold;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This update does not require you to upgrade your server. You can continue using the same server as before.&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Added Transmit Messages to the API.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added Redirection to Forgot Password.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added Support to Aileron for GridNet.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Managers from being added to networks when they were a manager in another network.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Name2Key Service from showing invalid keys on newer users.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Detach Radios on the Radio Page.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Detach Radios on the in-world radio and should no longer give a script error.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed issue with API giving server error on the Transmit_Message action.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed issue with radio networks not checking all groups on the access list and only checking for the first group on the list.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Issue with API calls not incrementing when an API Call is made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.0.0 (10/01/2018)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* Initial Release&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shymus</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/GridNet_Radio_System/Version_History</id>
		<title>GridNet Radio System/Version History</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/GridNet_Radio_System/Version_History"/>
				<updated>2020-10-06T05:40:50Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shymus: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Gridnet Radio System|← Gridnet Radio System]]&lt;br /&gt;
{|align=right&lt;br /&gt;
|__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;How to get updates&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: When a newer version comes out, our servers will automatically send it to you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Want to update your network without losing data from the last network?&lt;br /&gt;
: We give you a tool that will help with upgrading your servers, we do all the work for you. &lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;How updating works?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: When a newer version comes out, we will give you an upgrade tool if there is an update for the network servers. This will prevent you from losing your network. &lt;br /&gt;
: If there is no update for the in-world servers, then you do not have to worry about updating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: If there is no update for the in-world servers, then you do not have to worry about updating.&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.11.1 (10/06/2020)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;0px&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%;border:dashed 2px #008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr style=&amp;quot;color:#008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-size:30px;position:relative;left:7px;top:-10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;⚠&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-weight:bold;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This update does not require you to upgrade your server. You can continue using the same server as before.&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Added ability to enable/disable sounds when a radio transmits or receives messages.&lt;br /&gt;
* Adjusted animation handling in scripts to not interfere with scripts when the script is attempting to request attach permissions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.11 (06/15/2020)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;0px&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%;border:dashed 2px #990000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr style=&amp;quot;color:#990000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-size:30px;position:relative;left:7px;top:-10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;⚠&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-weight:bold;position:relative;left:-4%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This update requires you to upgrade your server. &amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Radio Repeaters are now on a seperate script to free up memory in main radio script.&lt;br /&gt;
* Adds access for support to set the servers to an existing network that no longer has an in-world server.&lt;br /&gt;
* Adds Emergency Mutual Aid Station. A public radio station that is a linked network to all those who have it enabled. Allows for talking to other networks that have the feature enabled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.0.5 (10/15/2018)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;0px&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%;border:dashed 2px #008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr style=&amp;quot;color:#008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-size:30px;position:relative;left:7px;top:-10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;⚠&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-weight:bold;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This update does not require you to upgrade your server. You can continue using the same server as before.&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Updated the radios message handling to help prevent 'stack-heap collision' errors.&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;NOTE:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; If really long messages are transmitted, you risk encountering this error at which point you will need to re-attach the radio to resume normal operations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.0.4 (10/06/2018)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;0px&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%;border:dashed 2px #008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr style=&amp;quot;color:#008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-size:30px;position:relative;left:7px;top:-10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;⚠&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-weight:bold;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This update does not require you to upgrade your server. You can continue using the same server as before.&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Issue with Managers and API Keys. Fixed data only being submitted correctly for the first accordion.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Issue on dashboard with API Calls and Transmission Count displaying a large amount of zeros when the number became &amp;gt;9999&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Issue with repeater still making noise when the noise is turned off.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Issue with Forgot Password not catching any of the errors when the captcha is not ticked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.0.3 (10/04/2018)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;0px&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%;border:dashed 2px #008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr style=&amp;quot;color:#008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-size:30px;position:relative;left:7px;top:-10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;⚠&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-weight:bold;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This update does not require you to upgrade your server. You can continue using the same server as before.&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Added Transmit Messages to the API.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added Redirection to Forgot Password.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added Support to Aileron for GridNet.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Managers from being added to networks when they were a manager in another network.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Name2Key Service from showing invalid keys on newer users.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Detach Radios on the Radio Page.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Detach Radios on the in-world radio and should no longer give a script error.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed issue with API giving server error on the Transmit_Message action.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed issue with radio networks not checking all groups on the access list and only checking for the first group on the list.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Issue with API calls not incrementing when an API Call is made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.0.0 (10/01/2018)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* Initial Release&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shymus</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/GridNet_Radio_System/Version_History</id>
		<title>GridNet Radio System/Version History</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/GridNet_Radio_System/Version_History"/>
				<updated>2020-10-06T05:39:57Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shymus: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Gridnet Radio System|← Gridnet Radio System]]&lt;br /&gt;
{|align=right&lt;br /&gt;
|__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;How to get updates&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: When a newer version comes out, our servers will automatically send it to you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Want to update your network without losing data from the last network?&lt;br /&gt;
: We give you a tool that will help with upgrading your servers, we do all the work for you. &lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;How updating works?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: When a newer version comes out, we will give you an upgrade tool if there is an update for the network servers. This will prevent you from losing your network. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: If there is no update for the in-world servers, then you do not have to worry about updating.&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.11.1 (10/06/2020)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;0px&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%;border:dashed 2px #008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr style=&amp;quot;color:#008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-size:30px;position:relative;left:7px;top:-10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;⚠&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-weight:bold;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This update does not require you to upgrade your server. You can continue using the same server as before.&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Added ability to enable/disable sounds when a radio transmits or receives messages.&lt;br /&gt;
* Adjusted animation handling in scripts to not interfere with scripts when the script is attempting to request attach permissions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: If there is no update for the in-world servers, then you do not have to worry about updating.&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.11 (06/15/2020)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;0px&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%;border:dashed 2px #990000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr style=&amp;quot;color:#990000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-size:30px;position:relative;left:7px;top:-10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;⚠&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-weight:bold;position:relative;left:-4%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This update requires you to upgrade your server. &amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Radio Repeaters are now on a seperate script to free up memory in main radio script.&lt;br /&gt;
* Adds access for support to set the servers to an existing network that no longer has an in-world server.&lt;br /&gt;
* Adds Emergency Mutual Aid Station. A public radio station that is a linked network to all those who have it enabled. Allows for talking to other networks that have the feature enabled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.0.5 (10/15/2018)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;0px&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%;border:dashed 2px #008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr style=&amp;quot;color:#008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-size:30px;position:relative;left:7px;top:-10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;⚠&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-weight:bold;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This update does not require you to upgrade your server. You can continue using the same server as before.&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Updated the radios message handling to help prevent 'stack-heap collision' errors.&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;NOTE:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; If really long messages are transmitted, you risk encountering this error at which point you will need to re-attach the radio to resume normal operations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.0.4 (10/06/2018)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;0px&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%;border:dashed 2px #008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr style=&amp;quot;color:#008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-size:30px;position:relative;left:7px;top:-10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;⚠&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-weight:bold;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This update does not require you to upgrade your server. You can continue using the same server as before.&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Issue with Managers and API Keys. Fixed data only being submitted correctly for the first accordion.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Issue on dashboard with API Calls and Transmission Count displaying a large amount of zeros when the number became &amp;gt;9999&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Issue with repeater still making noise when the noise is turned off.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Issue with Forgot Password not catching any of the errors when the captcha is not ticked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.0.3 (10/04/2018)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;0px&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%;border:dashed 2px #008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr style=&amp;quot;color:#008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-size:30px;position:relative;left:7px;top:-10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;⚠&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-weight:bold;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This update does not require you to upgrade your server. You can continue using the same server as before.&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Added Transmit Messages to the API.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added Redirection to Forgot Password.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added Support to Aileron for GridNet.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Managers from being added to networks when they were a manager in another network.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Name2Key Service from showing invalid keys on newer users.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Detach Radios on the Radio Page.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Detach Radios on the in-world radio and should no longer give a script error.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed issue with API giving server error on the Transmit_Message action.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed issue with radio networks not checking all groups on the access list and only checking for the first group on the list.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Issue with API calls not incrementing when an API Call is made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.0.0 (10/01/2018)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* Initial Release&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shymus</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/GridNet_Radio_System/Version_History</id>
		<title>GridNet Radio System/Version History</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/GridNet_Radio_System/Version_History"/>
				<updated>2020-10-06T05:35:15Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shymus: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Gridnet Radio System|← Gridnet Radio System]]&lt;br /&gt;
{|align=right&lt;br /&gt;
|__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;How to get updates&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: When a newer version comes out, our servers will automatically send it to you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Want to update your network without losing data from the last network?&lt;br /&gt;
: We give you a tool that will help with upgrading your servers, we do all the work for you. &lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;How updating works?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: When a newer version comes out, we will give you an upgrade tool if there is an update for the network servers. This will prevent you from losing your network. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: If there is no update for the in-world servers, then you do not have to worry about updating.&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.11.1 (10/06/2020)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;0px&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%;border:dashed 2px #008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr style=&amp;quot;color:#008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-size:30px;position:relative;left:7px;top:-10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;⚠&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-weight:bold;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This update does not require you to upgrade your server. You can continue using the same server as before.&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Added ability to enable/disable sounds when a radio transmits or receives messages.&lt;br /&gt;
* Adjusted animation handling in scripts to not interfere with scripts when the script is attempting to request attach permissions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: If there is no update for the in-world servers, then you do not have to worry about updating.&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.11 (10/06/2020)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;0px&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%;border:dashed 2px #990000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr style=&amp;quot;color:#990000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-size:30px;position:relative;left:7px;top:-10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;⚠&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-weight:bold;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This update does requires you to upgrade your server. &amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Radio Repeaters are now on a seperate script to free up memory in main radio script.&lt;br /&gt;
* Adds access for support to set the servers to an existing network that no longer has an in-world server.&lt;br /&gt;
* Adds Emergency Mutual Aid Station. A public radio station that is a linked network to all those who have it enabled. Allows for talking to other networks that have the feature enabled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.0.5 (10/15/2018)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;0px&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%;border:dashed 2px #008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr style=&amp;quot;color:#008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-size:30px;position:relative;left:7px;top:-10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;⚠&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-weight:bold;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This update does not require you to upgrade your server. You can continue using the same server as before.&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Updated the radios message handling to help prevent 'stack-heap collision' errors.&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;NOTE:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; If really long messages are transmitted, you risk encountering this error at which point you will need to re-attach the radio to resume normal operations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.0.4 (10/06/2018)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;0px&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%;border:dashed 2px #008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr style=&amp;quot;color:#008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-size:30px;position:relative;left:7px;top:-10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;⚠&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-weight:bold;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This update does not require you to upgrade your server. You can continue using the same server as before.&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Issue with Managers and API Keys. Fixed data only being submitted correctly for the first accordion.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Issue on dashboard with API Calls and Transmission Count displaying a large amount of zeros when the number became &amp;gt;9999&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Issue with repeater still making noise when the noise is turned off.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Issue with Forgot Password not catching any of the errors when the captcha is not ticked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.0.3 (10/04/2018)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;0px&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%;border:dashed 2px #008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr style=&amp;quot;color:#008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-size:30px;position:relative;left:7px;top:-10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;⚠&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-weight:bold;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This update does not require you to upgrade your server. You can continue using the same server as before.&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Added Transmit Messages to the API.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added Redirection to Forgot Password.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added Support to Aileron for GridNet.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Managers from being added to networks when they were a manager in another network.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Name2Key Service from showing invalid keys on newer users.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Detach Radios on the Radio Page.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Detach Radios on the in-world radio and should no longer give a script error.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed issue with API giving server error on the Transmit_Message action.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed issue with radio networks not checking all groups on the access list and only checking for the first group on the list.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Issue with API calls not incrementing when an API Call is made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.0.0 (10/01/2018)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* Initial Release&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shymus</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/GridNet_Radio_System/Documentation</id>
		<title>GridNet Radio System/Documentation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/GridNet_Radio_System/Documentation"/>
				<updated>2020-06-16T01:50:03Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shymus: Adding EMAS to Settings&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Gridnet Radio System|← Gridnet Radio System]]&lt;br /&gt;
{|align=right&lt;br /&gt;
|__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Getting Started&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:New to the system? Follow our ''[http://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php?title=GridNet_Radio_System/Getting_Started Getting Started]'' guide for information on how to get started!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:This guide will help you set up a network successfully if all steps are done properly. '''It is highly recommended to read that guide before reading this.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Need help and don't understand the guide? Feel free to get in touch with our support by opening a ticket: [http://tickets.nexus-sl.net/ Nexus Ticket Support]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;How To Use This Documentation&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: The documentation is built into three parts. Server, Radio, and Web Interface.&lt;br /&gt;
: Every feature on here is sorted to help you find what you're looking for. &lt;br /&gt;
: If you are unable to find something, please refer to the table of contents on the right side of the page. If you are still unable to find what you're looking for, you can try messaging in our group chat ''Nexus Roleplay System'' or file a ticket here: [http://tickets.nexus-sl.net/ Nexus Ticket Support]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;GridNet Server&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: The GridNet Server is an item that is rezzed in-world. This item is used to keep the network in your name, handle distribution servers, and prevent others from stealing your network name.&lt;br /&gt;
: When you create a network, the server will need to remain rezzed. If it is not rezzed, someone will have the ability to steal your network name. The server prevents that until you delete the network.&lt;br /&gt;
== Configuring The Server ==&lt;br /&gt;
#Rez the &amp;quot;Nexus GridNet Server v1.0&amp;quot;. (&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Remember it has to stay there for as long as you have the network.&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
#Touch the server to begin registration &amp;amp;amp; type the desired network name when prompted.&lt;br /&gt;
#Once submitting the network name, you'll receive a prompt to open the webpage. This will lead you to the GridNet Dashboard.&lt;br /&gt;
#Go to the webpage and enter a new password for your account. (Please note, all networks that you create will appear under this account.)&lt;br /&gt;
#Bam, your new network is created. Access the new network by clicking the small blue icon that appears in the upper-right hand corner of the network's box.&lt;br /&gt;
== What Is The Server For? ==&lt;br /&gt;
: The server is used for large purposes. There are multiple reasons that a network's server needs to be rezzed.&lt;br /&gt;
'''Here are some of the reasons'''&lt;br /&gt;
* The Server acts as an interface to the web dashboard.&lt;br /&gt;
* The Server allows you configure items to the network.&lt;br /&gt;
* The Server creates distribution servers and manages their load.&lt;br /&gt;
* The Server manages the radio network's repeater.&lt;br /&gt;
== What Is The Network Repeater? ==&lt;br /&gt;
: In the real world, a radio repeater is used to get a radio signal and repeat it over a larger distance. &lt;br /&gt;
: For us, the radio repeater is used as a way to verify with the server that there are active and connected devices. &lt;br /&gt;
: The repeater plays an important role in keeping the network stable. It keeps everything synced across the radios. &lt;br /&gt;
=== How Do I Know The Repeater Is Working? ===&lt;br /&gt;
: Every hour you will hear morse code giving off the repeater code. This is the repeater re-syncing with the server making sure that all the radios are on the same page.&lt;br /&gt;
: If there are no radios connected the repeater will not fire off its repeater code until a new device connects.&lt;br /&gt;
=== How Do I Disable The Repeater Noise? ===&lt;br /&gt;
: The repeater morse code can easily be turned off on the web interface. &lt;br /&gt;
'''Follow These Steps To Disable It'''&lt;br /&gt;
#Navigate to your network dashboard.&lt;br /&gt;
#Go to the Settings page.&lt;br /&gt;
#Turn the &amp;quot;Enable Repeater&amp;quot; checkmark off.&lt;br /&gt;
:Please remember, this does not turn the repeater permanently off, it does not affect performance with the servers. It will just turn off the noise that the repeater makes when it syncs to the server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Server Updates ==&lt;br /&gt;
:When your server is outdated, it will be clearly visible and will inform you via floating text.&lt;br /&gt;
:The server will not stop working just because the server is outdated. __You will not be able to configure anything to the server while in this mode.__&lt;br /&gt;
:Worried about losing your network or data? Don't worry, Network data is &amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#9b091f&amp;quot;&amp;gt;NOT&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt; lost when updating.&lt;br /&gt;
=== How To Update Your Server ===&lt;br /&gt;
#When your server gets outdated. (Visible from the floating text.)&lt;br /&gt;
#Touch the server to request an ''Update USB''. (Will be sent directly from our servers.)&lt;br /&gt;
#Rez the USB next to the server. &lt;br /&gt;
#Touch the USB then Touch the server.&lt;br /&gt;
#It will then start updating. (&amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#9b091f&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Do Not Touch or Delete Anything!&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt; If that is done, you're risking data corruption and a lost network.)&lt;br /&gt;
#Once the update is complete, the server will turn itself back on and work just like new!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;GridNet Radios&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:This section applies to all radio models. All radios function exactly the same except models that are animated. &lt;br /&gt;
== Configuring Items/Radios ==&lt;br /&gt;
: Configuring an item to work with your network is very simple. If you have an official item we have created, the configuration is quick and simple.&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#9b091f&amp;quot;&amp;gt;STOP &amp;amp;amp; READ&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt; - There are steps recommended before configuring the radio. You will need to create zones and channels before configuring.&lt;br /&gt;
:For more information on setting up the network, please follow the ''[http://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php?title=GridNet_Radio_System/Getting_Started Getting Started]'' guide.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Radio Configuration ===&lt;br /&gt;
#Touch the server you want to configure the radio too.&lt;br /&gt;
#Touch the radio to begin configuring.&lt;br /&gt;
#Select the zone you would like to configure the radio to when prompted.&lt;br /&gt;
#Set the radio next-owner permissions to 'No Transfer'.&lt;br /&gt;
#Take the radio back into your inventory &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;when it asks what channel to use&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
#You can now freely distribute the radio.&lt;br /&gt;
== Using The Radios ==&lt;br /&gt;
:Now that you have your radio set up, using the radios is very easy.&lt;br /&gt;
:When you first pull up the radio and attach it, you will need to give it a second to load. If it is your first time wearing the radio, it will configure and reset.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== What Happens When Attached? ===&lt;br /&gt;
:When the radio is attached to a person, there are a few steps that happen before the radio is usable. &lt;br /&gt;
:Here is what happens once a radio is attached.&lt;br /&gt;
#If this is your first time attaching the radio, it will clear all the settings and variables from the old owner.&lt;br /&gt;
#The radio will then check if you are banned from the network. If you are; the radio will not move any further.&lt;br /&gt;
#The radio will then check to see if group access is enabled and determine if you are in the correct group.&lt;br /&gt;
#The radio will load all the channels for the zone the radio is configured in and prompt for you to pick one.&lt;br /&gt;
#Once you have picked your channel, your radio will then register with the network and show it online. Your radio is now usable!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Radio Operations ===&lt;br /&gt;
:Once operational, the radio will work in a structure of radios. The structure is very important as to who you can talk too. &lt;br /&gt;
:This structure is very simple. Transmissions are as followed:&lt;br /&gt;
==== Global ====&lt;br /&gt;
:When you send a message on the global, your message will be transmitted to every radio that is on the radio network. This includes all zones and all channels.&lt;br /&gt;
==== Zone ====&lt;br /&gt;
:When you send a message on a zone, your message is sent to all radios configured to the matching zone. If your radio is configured to zone ''Fire Dept'', then your message will go to every radio in that same zone.&lt;br /&gt;
==== Channel ====&lt;br /&gt;
:When you send a message on a channel, the message will be sent to every radio in that channel only.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Radio Settings &amp;amp; Dialog ===&lt;br /&gt;
:There are multiple settings that can be changed within the radios. This can be accessed by simply typing __/1 menu__ or touching the radio. &lt;br /&gt;
:These settings are as defined.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Change Chan''' This will change the channel that the radio is set too. For example, if you are on Tac-1 then you can switch to another channel like Tac-2.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Settings''' This will allow you to change some of the settings for the radio in the dialog.&lt;br /&gt;
**'''Verbose''' This setting will allow you to set how the message is received/transmitted to you.&lt;br /&gt;
***'''rOwner/tOwner''' Sets the radio to __OwnerSay Messages__ that are received/transmitted.&lt;br /&gt;
***'''rSay/tSay''' Sets the radio to __Say Messages__ that are received/transmitted.&lt;br /&gt;
***'''rWhisper/tWhisper''' Sets the radio to __Whisper Messages__ that are received/transmitted.&lt;br /&gt;
**'''Transmit Channels''' This will allow you to change the chat channels to other channels. Example; change /5 to /12 or other.&lt;br /&gt;
***'''Global''' Sets the chat channel for Global transmissions.&lt;br /&gt;
***'''Zone''' Sets the chat channel for Zone transmissions.&lt;br /&gt;
***'''Channel''' Sets the chat channel for Channel transmissions.&lt;br /&gt;
**'''Animations''' If your radio allows for animations, this is how to enable/disable them.&lt;br /&gt;
***'''Enable Anim''' This will __Enable__ the animations.&lt;br /&gt;
***'''Disable Anim''' This will __Disable__ the animations.&lt;br /&gt;
**'''Sounds''' This will allow you to change the sounds used by the radio. (''You will need to enter a UUID'')&lt;br /&gt;
***'''Transmit''' This will change the sound that goes off when you __Transmit__ a message. &lt;br /&gt;
***'''Receive''' This will change the sound that goes off when you __Receive__ a message.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Call Sign''' Your callsign is how your name is displayed on the radios when a message is sent across Global/Zone/Channel.&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Web Interface&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: The web interface is where most of the work happens on your network. A large majority of your network will be managed here.&lt;br /&gt;
== Logging In ==&lt;br /&gt;
: When logging in, you will be met with two options Network Manager and Network Owner.&lt;br /&gt;
: '''If this is your first time logging in, you will be forced to change your password.'''&lt;br /&gt;
: If you are the Network Owner; you will need to log in through this method. &lt;br /&gt;
: If you are the Network Manager; this is your way. Please remember that the password is specific to that network. You can have two different passwords per network.&lt;br /&gt;
== Forgotten Password ==&lt;br /&gt;
: If you have forgotten your password, these are the steps that you take to reset your password.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Network Owners ===&lt;br /&gt;
# Select [https://gridnet.nexus-sl.net/forgot-password Forgot Password] on the home page.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter your Second Life Username and Captcha.&lt;br /&gt;
# You will be IMed by one of our bots supplying you a link to change your password.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once you have navigated to that link, you will be able to change your password.&lt;br /&gt;
# After you have changed your password, you will be able to access your account like normal.&lt;br /&gt;
: &amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#9b091f&amp;quot;&amp;gt;If you are still unable to access your account, please file a ticket at our [http://tickets.nexus-sl.net Support Site] and we will manually reset your account.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Network Managers ===&lt;br /&gt;
: If you are a network manager, you will need to contact another Manager in the network or the network owner.&lt;br /&gt;
: They will need to manually reset your password for you through the network manager page.&lt;br /&gt;
: If your network owner will not reset your password, &amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#9b091f&amp;quot;&amp;gt;DO NOT CONTACT SUPPORT&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt;. We do not reset the Network Manager's passwords. That is solely up to the Network Owner. They could have changed it to lock you out, so we will not manage it for you.&lt;br /&gt;
: If you're a Network Owner and you're having trouble resetting a Network Manager's password, then you can contact support at our [http://tickets.nexus-sl.net Support Site] and we will gladly help you.&lt;br /&gt;
== Network Selection ==&lt;br /&gt;
: The Network Selection page will list all the networks that you are an Owner of. If you do not own the network, it will not appear.&lt;br /&gt;
: __If you are a Network Manager; you will not see this page, you will be logged straight into the network your Manager account is registered too.__&lt;br /&gt;
== Logging In To Your Network ==&lt;br /&gt;
: Logging in to your network is extremely simple and completed in a very simple step.&lt;br /&gt;
# Locate the network you'd like to manage.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the blue arrow on the right upper corner of the network box.&lt;br /&gt;
== Deleting A Network ==&lt;br /&gt;
: &amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#9b091f&amp;quot;&amp;gt;DISCLAIMER&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt; Once you delete a network, the effects are permanent. Please __do not contact support__ asking us to undo the mistake. We cannot undo the mistake.&lt;br /&gt;
: If you have decided that you no longer need the network or you have made errors and want to start over. Deleting your network is extremely simple.&lt;br /&gt;
: '''Follow These Steps To Delete Your Network'''&lt;br /&gt;
# Delete your network server in-world. (This will make the server show up red on the network dashboard.)&lt;br /&gt;
# Once deleted, navigate back to the web dashboard and select the Trash can in the top-right corner of the network.&lt;br /&gt;
# You will then need to enter the Network Name exactly and confirm you're not a bot.&lt;br /&gt;
# This will then delete the Network Permanently.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Why Is My Network Showing Red? ===&lt;br /&gt;
: If your network is showing up on the dashboard red, then our servers are not able to communicate with your Network Server In-World.&lt;br /&gt;
: There are Two reasons why this can happen.&lt;br /&gt;
==== Server Still Loading ====&lt;br /&gt;
: If you have just created the network server, then it will take a few seconds for the network server to finish setting itself up and register itself on the dashboard.&lt;br /&gt;
: Most of the time this is caused because you loaded the web dashboard before the In-World finished it's loading. &lt;br /&gt;
: '''To fix it, simply refresh your web browser.'''&lt;br /&gt;
==== Poor Region Performance ====&lt;br /&gt;
: The second reason is your Region that your server is in is not able to be contacted or our servers cannot send messages to the server in that region.&lt;br /&gt;
: This is caused by poor performance in the region. &lt;br /&gt;
: To check if there are performance issues in the region, simply use your Second Life Browser. &lt;br /&gt;
: '''Firestorm''' : In your toolbar, navigate to Advanced -&amp;gt; Performance Tools -&amp;gt; Statistics ''CTRL+SHIFT+1''&lt;br /&gt;
: You will need to verify that the Region's FPS is above 40, the Scripts Run is below 90%&lt;br /&gt;
==== No Free URLs ====&lt;br /&gt;
: The region has no available Free URLS. This can easily be checked with your Second Life Viewer. &lt;br /&gt;
: This can easily be checked with a script placed into a prim. This script can easily be found on the [http://wiki.secondlife.com/wiki/LlGetFreeURLs Second Life Wiki].&lt;br /&gt;
==== Scripting Disabled In Parcel/Region ====&lt;br /&gt;
: Scripts may be disabled for the land.&lt;br /&gt;
: If you have scripts disabled for everything except the land group, the server may be set to the wrong group.&lt;br /&gt;
: This can be fixed by either enabling scripts in the parcel or setting the server to the land group.&lt;br /&gt;
== Nexus I.T. Services ==&lt;br /&gt;
: If you are wanting a stable environment to store your server, Nexus has a wonderful place to store the servers.&lt;br /&gt;
: Nexus I.T. Services allows you to pay monthly for a 15LI Server Rack that can allow you to store your servers for a long period.&lt;br /&gt;
: All Nexus customers receive a free month if they purchase 3 months. Each rack costs 99L$ a month.&lt;br /&gt;
== Network Dashboard ==&lt;br /&gt;
: The ''Network Dashboard'' is the home base of operation. Here you can see basic statistics of your network and the latest messages in your network.&lt;br /&gt;
: Although there is nothing that can be changed, you can easily navigate around the website.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Navigating Around ===&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Server-Select.png|50px|none]] '''Change Network''' This can easily be accessed at the top by clicking the three server's icon. &lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Logout.png|50px|none]] '''Log-Out''' This will log you out of GridNet.&lt;br /&gt;
: '''Settings''' This page is made to let you change the basic settings of the network, adjust the ban list, and set the group access.&lt;br /&gt;
: '''Managers''' This page will allow you to add, remove, and edit Manager's privileges. &lt;br /&gt;
: '''Zone Editor''' This page will let you edit the channels and zones for the network.&lt;br /&gt;
: '''Transmissions''' This page will allow you to view transmissions specific to the zone.&lt;br /&gt;
: '''Radio List''' The radio list will let you view information about the radios that are currently connected to the network and actively worn by users.&lt;br /&gt;
: '''API''' The API is where you can go to manage your API keys used for the network.&lt;br /&gt;
: '''Distribution''' This page will allow you to manage your distribution network and servers. Information can also be viewed from the servers.&lt;br /&gt;
== Settings ==&lt;br /&gt;
: Here you are able to adjust your network settings to better fit your network's needs. &lt;br /&gt;
: Along with the settings, you can also manage your ban list and set the groups that can use the radio system.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Discord Support ===&lt;br /&gt;
: Discord is a very good tool used by Gamers to better help communicate. Discord can be found at the [http://discordapp.com/ Discord Website] &lt;br /&gt;
: Discord is not affiliated with Nexus in anyway and solely managed by separate entities. Nexus does not endorse/promote/discourage Discord in any way. &lt;br /&gt;
: ''Please note, although Discord is there, it does '''not currently''' have the ability to send messages via discord. It is currently just used to receive messages. We are looking for methods or ways to send messages in Discord.''&lt;br /&gt;
==== How To Add The Discord Bot ====&lt;br /&gt;
: Discord is very simple to link to your Network. &lt;br /&gt;
: '''Follow these steps'''&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the __Connect Discord Server__ Button.&lt;br /&gt;
# You will get sent to the Discord website. You may need to Log-In.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select a server you would like to use.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select the server -&amp;gt; channel you are going to create a webhook for the bot to use.&lt;br /&gt;
# Hit Authorize. This will put the bot into the server.&lt;br /&gt;
: Now that you have the Discord bot in your server, you will need to configure everything inside your server.&lt;br /&gt;
==== Configure Discord Bot ====&lt;br /&gt;
# Once the bot is in the server, type /help (This will give a step by step guide.&lt;br /&gt;
# If you do not have the text channel created, go ahead and create it.&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure the bot has the correct privileges to send messages on the channel.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once the channel is set correctly, simply type /setup in the channel.&lt;br /&gt;
# If everything is set up correctly, you can send a quick message from your radio and see it in Discord.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Enable Repeater ===&lt;br /&gt;
: The repeater, as explained above is used to keep the in-world server synced with the Nexus servers. &lt;br /&gt;
: This checkbox will disable the noise that the repeater makes when the repeater fires.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Enable EMAS (Emergency Mutual Aid Station) ===&lt;br /&gt;
: EMAS is a global station that connects all radio networks using GridNet into one channel.&lt;br /&gt;
: This channel is separate from your network. Other networks can only post into EMAS and can only see what you post into EMAS. It is a good way to broadcast the need for assistance and get help from other departments. &lt;br /&gt;
: To enable it, simply check the box and all radios in your network will load the new network settings. &lt;br /&gt;
=== Show Channel Join ===&lt;br /&gt;
: This setting will enable Join Messages when a user joins a channel.&lt;br /&gt;
: If a user attaches a radio on the channel that you are currently on, you will see the message when they join.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Group Restrictions ===&lt;br /&gt;
: The group restrictions allows you to enable the network radios to only be used by a certain group. &lt;br /&gt;
: The turn this feature on, simply turn on the checkmark.&lt;br /&gt;
==== Adding A Group ====&lt;br /&gt;
: Once you have the group restrictions enabled, you can simply add the group by pressing ''Add Group'' button on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
: You will get a pop-up, simply place the Group's UUID (Example: 45fd6037-2cf2-0a42-cfc5-938303add5f2) inside the pop-up.&lt;br /&gt;
: Then it will add the group and all radios in the network will be reset.&lt;br /&gt;
==== Removing A Group ====&lt;br /&gt;
: To remove a group, simply go to the group you would like to remove and click the trash can to the right of the name.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Ban List ===&lt;br /&gt;
: If you have a person that has caused a large disturbance in your network and you would like to ban them, this feature works great.&lt;br /&gt;
: To ban someone, simple press the ''Ban User'' button and enter their name.&lt;br /&gt;
: Once you ban them, it will forcibly remove their radio and they will be banned from the network.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Managers ==&lt;br /&gt;
: If you would like other users to be able to manage your system while you are away, simply add them as a manager.&lt;br /&gt;
: If you only want them to have certain permissions, that can easily be done right after you have registered them.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Adding A New Manager ===&lt;br /&gt;
: Adding a new manager is very easy. Follow these steps.&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the ''Add Manager'' button in the top.&lt;br /&gt;
# Type in their name in the Pop-Up.&lt;br /&gt;
: Once they're registered in your manager list, they will be sent a link to set up a password.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Changing Manager Permissions ===&lt;br /&gt;
: To modify a new Manager's permissions and restrict him to certain pages, simply open their box on the page.&lt;br /&gt;
: Inside there you will be able to find the pages they are able to access. If you would like to adjust that, select the pages you want and hit ''Update''.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Change Manager's Password ===&lt;br /&gt;
: If a manager is having difficulties logging in to the network, you can change their password by clicking the ''Change Password'' button.&lt;br /&gt;
: Once you have entered and confirmed the password, you will need to send them their new password.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Delete A Manager ===&lt;br /&gt;
: If you no longer need a manager on your network and would like to get rid of them. This can easily be done by deleting their account.&lt;br /&gt;
: To delete their account, simply find their account in the window, and select ''Delete'' from the buttons.&lt;br /&gt;
== Zone Editor ==&lt;br /&gt;
: The zone editor is where you edit all the channel and zones within your network. &lt;br /&gt;
: If you are starting a network for the first time and need help setting up your channels, please follow our [http://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php?title=GridNet_Radio_System/Getting_Started Getting Started] guide.&lt;br /&gt;
=== What Are Zones? ===&lt;br /&gt;
: Zones are like networks within your networks. Radios are configured to the zone and can communicate privately to the other radios configured in the network. &lt;br /&gt;
: However, they can not communicate to other radios in other zones unless they are using the global frequency.&lt;br /&gt;
: They also can only connect to other channels in that network only. If you have a police department and fire department zone with Tac-1 in PD and Eng-1 in FD. A radio from PD cannot send messages into Eng-1.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Creating A Zone ===&lt;br /&gt;
: To create a zone, simply click ''Add Zone'', then when pop-up shows, give it a name.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Deleting A Zone ===&lt;br /&gt;
: If you made a spelling error or just need to get rid of a zone that you had created. You can easily delete the channel.&lt;br /&gt;
: To delete the zone, simply touch the trash can in the Top-Right of the Zone Box.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Creating A Channel ===&lt;br /&gt;
: '''Brefore creating a channel, you must have a zone created.'''&lt;br /&gt;
: To create a channel, simply click the ''Create Channel'' button inside the Zone Box. Give the channel a name, and you have a channel.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Deleting A Channel ===&lt;br /&gt;
: If you are sick of the channels, you can easily delete them by clicking the trash can next to the channel's name inside the Zone Box for the channel that was created.&lt;br /&gt;
== Transmissions ==&lt;br /&gt;
: &amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#9b091f&amp;quot;&amp;gt;DISCLAIMER&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt; This is '''NOT''' used track public/local chat. It is only used to gather '''RADIO TRANSMISSIONS ONLY'''.&lt;br /&gt;
: This page will allow you to see and track the transmissions from your zones. This is a detailed way of seeing what's going on without being online.&lt;br /&gt;
: '''Want to see the whole network transmissions? Go to the Home Dashboard.'''&lt;br /&gt;
=== Viewing Transmissions ===&lt;br /&gt;
: In order you view the transmissions, you will first need to figure out which Zone you would like to view. After that, you can simply click the zone, and watch the transmissions flow in.&lt;br /&gt;
== Radio List ==&lt;br /&gt;
: The radio list allows you to see who is wearing a radio. &lt;br /&gt;
: If they are wearing a radio, you can see basic information about their radio. Such as, Region they are in, Call Sign, Channel, Zone, and Username.&lt;br /&gt;
: If needed, you can detach their radio. (Used if you ban them or make changes to the network.)&lt;br /&gt;
== Radio API ==&lt;br /&gt;
: The radio API is very complex, please view our API documentation here : [http://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php?title=Gridnet_Radio_System/API GridNet Developer API]&lt;br /&gt;
: There are examples, and more information pertaining to the API and how it works.&lt;br /&gt;
: Please remember this is an advanced API. You will need a good deal of scripting knowledge to make stuff work with it.&lt;br /&gt;
== Distribution Networks ==&lt;br /&gt;
: Your distribution networks are used to allow distribution of your radios without having to give a radio out to any of your Generals, Chiefs, or Admins.&lt;br /&gt;
: This will make one central location where you can track the distribution and make sure that certain servers only carry certain radios.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Setting Up A Distribution Server ===&lt;br /&gt;
: Setting up a distribution server will require space under the server's location. We highly recommend that you get a rack and leave it at the top of the rack if you intend on having multiple distribution servers.&lt;br /&gt;
: '''To set up your rack, follow these steps.'''&lt;br /&gt;
# Select ''Create Distribution Server'' from the buttons on top.&lt;br /&gt;
# Wait for the server to load in world and everything to set itself up. This will take less than 15 seconds.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once the page has automatically refreshed, you will see the server in-world and on the web interface.&lt;br /&gt;
# Go in-world and add the radios you would like sent from this server. '''DO NOT REMOVE WHAT'S ALREADY INSIDE IT (Scripts and Giver object)'''&lt;br /&gt;
# Rename your server in-world to something appropriate.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once you have added all your radios. Go back to the Web Interface and confirm they show all the contents of the server.&lt;br /&gt;
# On the web interface under the server, select ''Create Giver'' from the buttons. (This will create a giver in front of the server in-world.)&lt;br /&gt;
# Simply take the giver into your inventory.&lt;br /&gt;
: You are now ready to distribute radios from this server with ease.&lt;br /&gt;
=== How Does The Giver Work? ===&lt;br /&gt;
: The giver works very easily, simply rez it somewhere you would like to give out radios, set the group, and it will work.&lt;br /&gt;
: Whenever someone with the matching group touches it, they will be able to select an item from the distribution server's inventory.&lt;br /&gt;
: Once they have selected their item, the item will be sent to them.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Can I Send Stuff Other Than Radios? ===&lt;br /&gt;
: Yes, you can send whatever kind of items you want.&lt;br /&gt;
: The server is made to fit as much shit as you can fit inside it.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Deleting A Distribution Server ===&lt;br /&gt;
: If you no longer need a distribution server, '''DO NOT''' delete the server in-world.&lt;br /&gt;
: Delete the server from the web interface correctly. This will remove it from the stack of server and will free up the space. It will also remove it from the web interface.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shymus</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/GridNet_Radio_System/Rebate_Policy</id>
		<title>GridNet Radio System/Rebate Policy</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/GridNet_Radio_System/Rebate_Policy"/>
				<updated>2020-05-26T08:15:44Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shymus: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Gridnet Radio System|← Gridnet Radio System]]&lt;br /&gt;
{|align=right&lt;br /&gt;
|__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Rebate Policy&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: The rebate policy is a discount that is given to users who have purchased the &amp;quot;Nexus Gridwide Radio System&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
== How To Get Rebate ==&lt;br /&gt;
: '''The rebate is sent automatically from our servers every 15 minutes after the purchase of the new system.''' These are the requirements for getting a rebate.&lt;br /&gt;
: When you purchase the GridNet Radio System, you will automatically be registered into our servers. When our in-world servers poll from our transaction servers, they will check to see if you qualify for a rebate. &lt;br /&gt;
== Qualifications ==&lt;br /&gt;
: If one of these applies, you qualify for the rebate.&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchase Nexus Radio System before Oct 1st, 2018.&lt;br /&gt;
* Had a friend purchase Nexus Radio System before Oct 1st, 2018.&lt;br /&gt;
* Participate in the GridNet Radio System Beta.&lt;br /&gt;
== F.A.Q. ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== My Friend Purchased The '''OLD''' System For Me, Do I Get Rebate? ===&lt;br /&gt;
: If you had a friend purchase the system for you in the past, you will get the rebate if you are the one to purchase the new system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== I Own the old system, My Friend Bought Me The '''NEW''' System, Where's My Money? ===&lt;br /&gt;
: If your friend had purchased you the new GridNet Radio System, they will receive the rebate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== How Much Money Is The Rebate? ===&lt;br /&gt;
: The rebate percentage is 20%. We feel that is more than generous for the amount of work that was put into the system. Please remember that the system was 100% remade. Nothing was carried over except one headset model.&lt;br /&gt;
=== I did not participate in the beta, do I get the rebate? ===&lt;br /&gt;
: As long as you purchased the old radio system, and purchase the new system, then you get the rebate.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shymus</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Main_Page</id>
		<title>Main Page</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Main_Page"/>
				<updated>2019-12-24T05:00:02Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shymus: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:Nexus.png|center|350px]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:auto; margin:1em auto 1em auto;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;font-size:2.5em;margin-bottom:15px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Welcome to the Nexus Wiki&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.5em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Please select a product below for the documentation.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 1em auto 1em auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Rolepay.png|link=Rolepay Money System|175px|thumb|left|RolePay Money System]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Aileron.png|link=Aileron Dispatch System|175px|thumb|left|Aileron Dispatch System]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:GridnetRadioSystem.png|link=Gridnet Radio System|175px|thumb|left|Gridnet Radio System]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:LightSystem.png|link=Nexus Light System|175px|thumb|left|Nexus Light System]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Taser2.jpg|link=Nexus EX27 Taser|175px|thumb|left|Nexus EX27 Taser]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Pager.jpg|link=Nexus Pager System|175px|thumb|left|Nexus Pager System]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:FireAlarm.jpg|link=Nexus Fire Alarms|175px|thumb|left|Nexus Fire Alarm System]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:BoomBox.jpg|link=Nexus Boom Box|175px|thumb|left|Nexus Boom Box]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:SoundSystem.png|link=Nexus Sound System|175px|thumb|left|Nexus Sound System]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:IntercomSystem.png|link=Nexus Intercom System|175px|thumb|left|Nexus Intercom System]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:WeedGrowing.png|link=Nexus Weed Growing|175px|thumb|left|Nexus Weed Growing]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Elevator.jpg|link=Nexus Freight Elevator|175px|thumb|left|Nexus Freight / Vehicle Elevator]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:BurglarAlarm.png|link=Nexus Burglar Alarms|175px|thumb|left|Nexus Burglar Alarms]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:PhoneEntry.png|link=Nexus Phone Entry|175px|thumb|left|Nexus Phone Entry]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:MethProducing.png|link=Nexus Meth Manufacturing|175px|thumb|left|Nexus Meth Production]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:ShroomGrowing.png|link=Nexus Shroom Growing|175px|thumb|left|Nexus Shroom Growing]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shymus</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/File:ShroomGrowing.png</id>
		<title>File:ShroomGrowing.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/File:ShroomGrowing.png"/>
				<updated>2019-12-24T04:59:28Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shymus: Shymus uploaded a new version of &amp;amp;quot;File:ShroomGrowing.png&amp;amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shymus</name></author>	</entry>

	</feed>